mirror of
https://github.com/subsurface/subsurface.git
synced 2024-11-28 13:10:19 +00:00
5524 lines
281 KiB
Text
5524 lines
281 KiB
Text
:icons:
|
||
:toc2:
|
||
:toc-placement: manual
|
||
:numbered:
|
||
|
||
image::images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg["Banner", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
[big]#MANUEL UTILISATEUR#
|
||
|
||
*Auteurs du manuel* : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
|
||
Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves,
|
||
Stefan Fuchs
|
||
|
||
[blue]#_Version 4.7, octobre 2017_#
|
||
|
||
Bienvenue en tant qu'utilisateur de _Subsurface_, un programme avancé
|
||
d'enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
|
||
infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
|
||
en scaphandre et en apnée. _Subsurface_ offre de nombreux avantages par
|
||
rapport à d'autres solutions logicielles similaires :
|
||
|
||
- Avez-vous besoin d'une façon d'enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
|
||
équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d'ordinateur de plongée ?
|
||
- Souhaitez-vous inclure facilement les positions GPS des sites de plongées
|
||
dans votre carnet de plongée ?
|
||
- Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d'ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
|
||
son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
|
||
plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
|
||
ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
|
||
Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? _Subsurface_ offre une
|
||
interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
|
||
partir de tous ces équipements de plongée, en enregistrant et en analysant
|
||
ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
|
||
- Utilisez-vous plus d'un système d'exploitation ? _Subsurface_ est
|
||
intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
|
||
d'accéder à votre carnet de plongées sur chaque système d'exploitation en
|
||
utilisant une application unique.
|
||
- Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac mais votre ordinateur de plongée n'a que des
|
||
logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
|
||
exemple Mares ou scubapro) ? _Subsurface_ fournit un moyen de télécharger et
|
||
d'analyser vos enregistrements de plongées sur d'autres systèmes
|
||
d'exploitation.
|
||
- Avez-vous besoin d'un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
|
||
intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
|
||
- Avez-vous besoin d'un moyen d'enregistrer ou de sauvegarder votre carnet de
|
||
plongée sur Internet, vous permettant de visualiser votre carnet depuis
|
||
n'importe où, en utilisant un navigateur Internet ?
|
||
- Souhaitez-vous pouvoir accéder ou modifier votre carnet de plongée en
|
||
utilisant un smartphone ?
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ est disponible pour Windows (Win 7 ou plus récent, à partir de
|
||
la version 4.6 de _Subsurface_), les Macs basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X)
|
||
et de nombreuses distributions Linux. _Subsurface_ peut être compilé pour
|
||
bien plus de plateformes matérielles et d'environnements logiciels où Qt et
|
||
libdivecomputer sont disponibles.
|
||
|
||
Ce manuel explique comment utiliser le programme _Subsurface_. Pour
|
||
installer le logiciel, consultez la page _Téléchargement_ sur le
|
||
https://subsurface-divelog.org/[site web de _Subsurface_]. En cas de
|
||
problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
|
||
mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org[notre liste de diffusion] et
|
||
rapportez les bogues sur http://trac.hohndel.org[notre bugtracker]. Pour
|
||
des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
|
||
dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
|
||
logicielles.
|
||
|
||
*Public* : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
|
||
professionnels
|
||
|
||
toc::[]
|
||
|
||
|
||
Utilisation de ce manuel
|
||
------------------------
|
||
Lorsqu'il est ouvert depuis _Subsurface_, ce manuel ne dispose pas de
|
||
contrôles externes pour la pagination ou la sélection des pages
|
||
précédentes. Cependant, deux options sont disponibles:
|
||
|
||
La fonction _RECHERCHE_ est activée avec le raccourci clavier Contrôle-F ou
|
||
Commande-F. Une boîte de texte apparaît en bas à droite de la fenêtre (voir
|
||
image ci-dessous). Par exemple, entrer le mot "_weights_" dans la boîte de
|
||
texte de recherche lancera la recherche dans tout le manuel utilisateur. À
|
||
droite de la boîte de recherche se trouvent deux flèches, l'une vers le haut
|
||
l'autre vers le bas. Elles mènent respectivement vers l'occurence précédente
|
||
et suivante du terme recherché.
|
||
|
||
image::images/UserManualSearch.jpg["User manual functions", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
_LIEN PRÉCÉDENT/SUIVANT_. Naviguez entre les liens (les mots soulignés qui
|
||
vous conduisent vers des sections précises du manuel utilisateur) en
|
||
cliquant-droit sur le texte du manuel. Cela fera apparaître un menu
|
||
contextuel vers les liens PRÉCÉDENTS sélectionnés (voir image
|
||
ci-dessous). Par exemple, si un lien a été sélectionné, l'option _Retour
|
||
lien précédent_ affiche le texte au lien précédent sélectionné (comme le
|
||
fait le bouton Page Précédente d'un navigateur). Inversement, l'option
|
||
_Aller au lien suivant_ navigue vers le texte vu avant l'utilisation de
|
||
l'option _Retour lien précédent_. L'option _Recharger_ recharge le manuel
|
||
utilisateur complet dans la fenêtre.
|
||
|
||
image::images/UserManualLinksBack.jpg["User manual functions", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_UserSurvey]]
|
||
Le sondage utilisateur
|
||
----------------------
|
||
Dans le but de développer _Subsurface_ pour servir ses utilisateurs de la
|
||
meilleur manière qui soit, il est important d'avoir des informations sur les
|
||
utilisateurs. À l'ouverture de _Subsurface_ après avoir utilisé le logiciel
|
||
pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage apparait. Cela est
|
||
complètement optionnel et l'utilisateur contrôle quelles informations sont
|
||
envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de _Subsurface_. Toutes les
|
||
données que l'utilisateur envoie sont utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour
|
||
les futurs développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux
|
||
aux besoins des utilisateurs de _Subsurface_. Si vous complétez le sondage
|
||
ou cliquez sur l'option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la
|
||
dernière communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos
|
||
habitudes de plongées ou d'utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez
|
||
envoyer un nouveau sondage en démarrant _Subsurface_ avec l'option
|
||
_--survey_ sur la ligne de commande.
|
||
|
||
[[S_StartUsing]]
|
||
Commencer à utiliser le programme
|
||
---------------------------------
|
||
|
||
La fenêtre _Subsurface_ est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un *Menu
|
||
principal* (Fichier Édition Importer Journal Vue Partager Aide) en haut de
|
||
la fenêtre (pour Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu
|
||
Unity). Les quatre panneaux sont :
|
||
|
||
La *liste des plongées* en bas à gauche, affichant toutes les plongées du
|
||
journal (carnet) de plongées de l'utilisateur. Une plongée peut être
|
||
sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant dessus. Dans
|
||
la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisées pour passer
|
||
d'une plongée à l'autre. La *liste des plongées* est un outil important pour
|
||
manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.
|
||
|
||
La *carte de plongée* en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
|
||
l'utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
|
||
plongée sélectionnée dans la *liste des plongées*. L'échelle de la carte
|
||
peut être augmentée ou réduite.
|
||
|
||
Les *informations* en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
|
||
sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la *liste des plongées*, dont des
|
||
statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
|
||
en surbrillance.
|
||
|
||
Le *profil de plongée* en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
|
||
graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la *liste des plongées*. Vous
|
||
pouvez zoomer sur le profil de plongée pour une vue plus détaillée.
|
||
|
||
Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
|
||
taille de chaque panneau. _Subsurface_ mémorise la position de ces
|
||
séparateurs, pour qu'au prochain lancement _Subsurface_ utilise ces
|
||
positions.
|
||
|
||
Si une unique plongée est sélectionnée dans la *liste des plongées*,
|
||
l'emplacement de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la
|
||
_plongée sélectionnée_ sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. Si
|
||
plusieurs plongées sont sélectionnées, la dernière mise en surbrillance est
|
||
la _plongée sélectionnée_, mais les données de _toutes les plongées mises en
|
||
surbrillances_ sont affichées dans l'onglet *Statistiques* du panneau
|
||
*Informations* (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les durées, les
|
||
températures de l'eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et nombre de
|
||
plongées sélectionnées).
|
||
|
||
[[S_ViewPanels]]
|
||
|
||
image::images/main_window_f22.jpg["The Main Window", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
L'utilisateur décide quels panneaux sont affichés, parmi les 4, en
|
||
sélectionnant l'option *Vue* dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
|
||
permet plusieurs choix d'affichage :
|
||
|
||
*Tout* : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.
|
||
|
||
*Liste des plongées* : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.
|
||
|
||
*Profil* : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.
|
||
|
||
*Info* : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
|
||
toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.
|
||
|
||
*Globe* : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.
|
||
|
||
Comme d'autres fonctions auxquelles on peut accéder via le menu principal,
|
||
ces options peuvent aussi être activées par des raccourcis clavier. Les
|
||
raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un souligné dans
|
||
les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes d'exploitation et
|
||
langues, _Subsurface_ peut utiliser différentes touches de raccourcis et ne
|
||
sont donc pas détaillées ici.
|
||
|
||
Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n'affiche aucune
|
||
information, parce qu'il n'a aucune information de plongée disponible. Dans
|
||
les sections suivantes, la procédure pour créer un nouveau carnet de plongée
|
||
sera détaillée.
|
||
|
||
[[S_NewLogbook]]
|
||
Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée
|
||
----------------------------------
|
||
Sélectionner _Fichier -> Nouveau carnet de plongée_ à partir du menu
|
||
principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
|
||
nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S'il existe des données non encore
|
||
enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l'utilisateur devra sélectionner s'il
|
||
faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.
|
||
|
||
[[S_GetInformation]]
|
||
== Enregistrement des informations de plongée dans le carnet
|
||
Maintenant qu'un nouveau carnet de plongée a été créé, il est simple de lui
|
||
ajouter des données. _Subsurface_ comporte plusieurs façons pour ajouter des
|
||
données de plongée au carnet.
|
||
|
||
1) Si l'utilisateur possède un carnet manuscrit, un tableur ou une autre forme
|
||
de
|
||
carnet maintenu manuellement, les données de plongée peuvent être ajoutées
|
||
au carnet en utilisant une des approches suivantes :
|
||
|
||
- Entrer les informations de plongée à la main. Cela est utile si le plongeur
|
||
n'a pas
|
||
utilisé d'ordinateur de plongée et que les plongées sont inscrites dans un
|
||
carnet manuscrit. Voir xref:S_EnterData[Entrer les informations de plongée
|
||
à la main]
|
||
|
||
- Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un
|
||
tableur
|
||
soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : xref:S_Appendix_D[ANNEXE D :
|
||
Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV] et à
|
||
xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importer des plongées au format CSV].
|
||
|
||
Si une plongée est enregistrée par un ordinateur de plongée, le profil de
|
||
profondeur et de nombreuses informations supplémentaires peuvent être
|
||
obtenues. Ces plongées peuvent être importées à partir de :
|
||
|
||
- L'ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : xref:S_ImportDiveComputer[Importer
|
||
de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l'ordinateur de plongée];
|
||
- Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d'ordinateurs de
|
||
plongée. Voir
|
||
xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importer les informations à partir d'autres
|
||
sources de données numériques ou d'autres formats de données].
|
||
- Tableur ou de fichiers CSV contenant les profils de plongées.
|
||
Voir : xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir
|
||
des ordinateurs de plongées ou d'autres logiciels de carnet de plongée]
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_EnterData]]
|
||
=== Entrer les informations de plongée à la main
|
||
|
||
C'est en général l'approche des plongées sans ordinateur. L'enregistrement
|
||
de l'information de base dans _Subsurface_ est une plongée. L'information la
|
||
plus importante dans un simple carnet de plongée inclut généralement le type
|
||
de plongée, la date et l'heure, la durée, la profondeur, le nom des
|
||
équipiers et du moniteur ou du guide de palanquée, et quelques remarques à
|
||
propos de la plongée. _Subsurface_ peut stocker bien plus d'informations
|
||
pour chaque plongée. Pour ajouter une plongée au carnet, sélectionner
|
||
_Journal -> Ajouter une plongée_ depuis le menu principal. Le logiciel
|
||
affiche alors trois panneaux sur lesquels on peut entrer des informations
|
||
pour une plongée: deux onglets dans le panneau *Informations* (*Notes* et
|
||
*Équipement*), ainsi que le panneau *Profil de plongée* qui affiche un
|
||
profil graphique pour chaque ploingée. Ces panneaux sont respectivement
|
||
marqués [red]#A#, [red]#B# et [red]#C# dans l'llustration ci-dessous. Chaque
|
||
de ces onglets sera expliqué pour l'entrée de données.
|
||
|
||
image::images/AddDive1_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Add dive", align="center"]
|
||
Lorsque vous éditez un champ dans Notes ou Équipement, _Subsurface_ entre en
|
||
*Mode édition*, indiqué par un message dans une boîte bleue en haut du
|
||
panneau *Notes* (voir image ci-dessous). Ce message est affiché dans tous
|
||
les panneau sous Notes et Équipement en *Mode édition*.
|
||
|
||
image::images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg["Blue edit bar", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Le bouton _Appliquer les modifications_ ne doit être cliqué qu'après avoir
|
||
complété toutes les parties d'une plongée. Lors de l'entrée manuelle d'une
|
||
plongée, les onglets _Informations_, _Équipement_ et _Profil_ doivent être
|
||
complétés avant d'appliquer les modifications. En cliquant le bouton
|
||
_Appliquer les modifications_, une copie locale des informations d'une
|
||
plongée sont sauvegardées dans la mémoire, mais ne sont pas écrites sur le
|
||
disque. Le bouton _Appliquer lesmodifications_ ne devrait UNIQUEMENT être
|
||
utilisé qu'après avoir entré toutes les informations d'une plongée. En
|
||
quittant Subsurface, le logiciel demandera si les carnet de plongée complet
|
||
doit être enregistré sur le disque ou non.
|
||
|
||
[[S_CreateProfile]]
|
||
==== Création d'un profil de plongée
|
||
|
||
Le *Profil de plongée* (une représentation graphique de la profondeur d'une
|
||
plongée en fonction du temps) est affiché dans le panneau en haut à droite
|
||
de la fenêtre de _Subsurface_. Lorsqu'il est ajouté manuellement au carnet,
|
||
_Subsurface_ affiche un profil de plongée par défaut qui nécessite d'être
|
||
modifié pour représenter au mieux la plongée décrite:
|
||
|
||
image::images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Initial dive profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
_Modifier le profile de plongée_: lorsque le curseur est déplacé dans la
|
||
zone du profil, sa position est affichée par deux lignes rouges à angle
|
||
droit, comme illustré ci-dessous. Le temps et la profondeur sont représentés
|
||
en haut de la boîte noire d'information (@ et D). Les unités
|
||
(métriques/impériales) sur les axes sont déterminées dans les réglages des
|
||
*Préférences*. Le profil de plongée lui-même comporte plusieurs segments de
|
||
ligne séparés par des points de passage (les points blancs sur le profil,
|
||
voir ci-dessous). La profondeur par défaut d'une plongée est de 15m. Si la
|
||
prfondeur de votre plongée était de 20m, vous devez glisser le point de
|
||
passage approprié jusqu'à 20m. Pour ajouter un point de passage,
|
||
double-cliquez sur n'importe quel segment de la ligne. Pour bouger un point
|
||
de passage supplémentaire, glissez-le. Le bouger peut également être réalisé
|
||
en le sélectionnant et en utilisant les flèches du clavier. Pour supprimer
|
||
un point de passage, faites un clic-droit dessus et choisissez "Supprimer ce
|
||
point" dans le menu contextuel. Glissez les points de passage pour
|
||
représenter une durée correspondante à celle de votre plongée. Ci-dessous se
|
||
trouve un profil pour une plongée à 20m durant 30min, suivie d'un palier de
|
||
sécurité de 5 minutes à 5 m.
|
||
|
||
image::images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Edited dive profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
_Spécifier la composition du gaz:_ la composition du gaz utilisé est
|
||
indiquée le long des segments de ligne du profil de plongée. Ceci est le
|
||
réglage par défaut pour le premier mélange gazeux spécifié dans l'ongle
|
||
*Équipement*, qui était de l'air dans le cas du profil ci-dessus. Les
|
||
mélanges gazeux des segments du profil peuvent être modifiés dans
|
||
cliquant-droit sur un point de passage précis et en sélectionnant le gaz
|
||
approprié dans le menu contextuel. Changer un gaz à un point de passage
|
||
modifie le gaz affiché dans le segment _à droite_ du point de passage. Notez
|
||
que seuls les gaz définis dans l'onglet *Équipement* apparaissent dans le
|
||
menu contextuel (voir image ci-dessous).
|
||
|
||
image::images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Gas composition context menu", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Une fois le profil déterminé, d'autres détails doivent être ajoutés pour
|
||
obtenir un enregistrement complet de la plongée. Pour y arriver, les onglets
|
||
*Notes* et *Équipement* en haut à gauche de la fenêtre de _Subsurface_
|
||
doivent être utilisés. Cliquez sur xref:S_Notes_dc[*ce lien*] pour plus
|
||
d'informations sur l'utilisation de ces onglets.
|
||
[[S_ImportDiveComputer]]
|
||
=== Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l'ordinateur de plongée
|
||
|
||
==== Connecter et importer des données depuis un ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
|
||
L'utilisation d'ordinateurs de plongée permet la collecte d'un grand nombre
|
||
d'informations à propos de chaque plongée, comme un enregistrement détaillé
|
||
de la profondeur, la durée, la vitesse de remontée ou de descente et les
|
||
pression partielles des gaz. _Subsurface_ peut récupérer ces informations,
|
||
en utilisant les données venant d'une grande variété d'ordinateurs de
|
||
plongée. La liste la plus récente des ordinateurs supportés peut être trouvé
|
||
ici:
|
||
link:https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/[Ordinateurs
|
||
de plongée supportés].
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
|
||
[WARNING]
|
||
Certains ordinateurs de plongée consomme plus d'énergie lorsqu'ils sont en
|
||
mode Communication PC. **Ceci peut consommer une grande partie de la
|
||
batterie de votre ordinateur de plongée**. Nous recommandons à l'utilisateur
|
||
de vérifier que l'ordinateur de plongée est chargé lorsqu'il est connecté au
|
||
port USB du PC. Par exemple, certains ordinateurs Suunto et Mares ne se
|
||
rechargent pas via la connection USB. Les utilisateurs doivent se reporter
|
||
au manuel de leur ordinateur de plongée s'ils ne savent pas si leur
|
||
ordinateur de plongée recharge ou non ses batteries lorsqu'il est connecté
|
||
au port USB.
|
||
|
||
Pour importer les informations depuis un ordinateur de plongée vers un
|
||
ordinateur utilisant _Subsurface_, les deux pièces d'équipement doivent
|
||
communiquer entre elles. Ceci implique la configuration des ports de
|
||
communication (ou point de montage) de l'ordinateur sur lequel tourne
|
||
_Subsurface_ qui communique avec l'ordinateur de plongée. Pour configurer
|
||
cette communication, les utilisateurs doivent trouver l'information
|
||
appropriée pour renseigner à _Subsurface_ d'où et comment importer les
|
||
informations de
|
||
plongée.
|
||
xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Annexe
|
||
A] donne les informations techniques pour aider l'utilisateur à configurer
|
||
ceci pour les différents systèmes d'exploitation et
|
||
xref:_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Annexe
|
||
B] contient des informations spécifiques à chaque ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
|
||
Après ceci, l'ordinateur de plongée peut être branché au PC de l'utilisateur
|
||
en suivant ces étapes:
|
||
|
||
1. Le cable d'interface doit être connecté à un port USB libre (ou une
|
||
connection infra-rouge
|
||
ou Bluetooth doit être configurée comme décrit ultérieurement dans ce
|
||
manuel)
|
||
|
||
2. L'ordinateur de plongée doit être placé en mode Communication PC.
|
||
(Se reporter au manuel de l'ordinateur de plongée)
|
||
|
||
3. Dans _Subsurface_, depuis le menu principal, sélectionner _Importer ->
|
||
Importer depuis l'ordinateur de plongée_. La boîte de dialogue *A* apparaît
|
||
comme sur la figure ci-dessous:
|
||
|
||
|
||
image::images/DC_import_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Download dialogue 1", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Les ordinateurs de plongée gardent généralement un certain nombre de
|
||
plongées en mémoire, même si ces plongées ont déjà été importées dans
|
||
_Subsurface_. Pour cette raison, si l'ordinateur de plongée le permet,
|
||
_Subsurface_ importe uniquement les plongées qui n'ont pas été téléchargées
|
||
précédemment. Cela accélère le processus de téléchargement sur la plupart
|
||
des ordinateurs de plongée et cela économise la batterie de l'ordinateur de
|
||
plongée (en tout cas pour ceux qui ne se rechargent pas via USB).
|
||
|
||
- La boîte de dialogue propose deux menus déroulants, *Fournisseur* et
|
||
*Ordinateur de plongée*. Dans le menu déroulant *Fournisseur*, sélectionnez
|
||
la marque de l'ordinateur, p. ex. Suunto, Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. Dans le
|
||
menu déroulant *Ordinateur de plongée*, le nom du modèle doit être
|
||
sélectionné, p. ex. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic), ou Puck (Mares).
|
||
|
||
- Le menu déroulant *Périphérique ou point de montage* le nom du port USB ou
|
||
Bluetooth dont _Subsurface_ a besoin pour communiquer avec l'ordinateur de
|
||
plongée. Le port approprié doit être sélectionné. Consultez
|
||
xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Annexe
|
||
A] et
|
||
xref:_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Annexe
|
||
B] pour obtenir des détails techniques sur la façon de trouver des
|
||
informations sur le port approprié à chaque ordinateur de plongée et, dans
|
||
certains cas, sur les réglages requis pour le système d'exploitation de
|
||
l'ordinateur sur lequel _Subsurface_ fonctionne.
|
||
|
||
- Si toutes les plongées de l'ordinateur de plongée doivent être téléchargées,
|
||
cochez la case _Forcer le téléchargement de toutes les
|
||
plongées_. Normalement, _Subsurface_ télécharge uniquement les plongées
|
||
postérieures à la date et heure de la dernière plongée du panneau *Liste des
|
||
plongées*. Si une ou plusieurs de vos plongées ont été accidentellement
|
||
effacées de _Subsurface_ ou si des plongées plus anciennes doivent encore
|
||
être téléchargées depuis l'ordinateur de plongée, cette case doit être
|
||
cochée. Certains ordinateurs de plongée (p. ex. Mares Puck) ne proposent pas
|
||
de liste à _Subsurface_ avant le téléchargement qui permettrait de n'en
|
||
sélectionner que certaines. Par conséquent, pour ces ordinateurs de
|
||
plongées, toutes les plongées sont téléchargées quel que soit le statut de
|
||
cette case à cocher.
|
||
|
||
- Si la case _Toujours préférer les plongées téléchargées_ a été cochée et
|
||
que, durant le téléchargement, des plongées avec date et heure identiques se
|
||
trouvent sur l'ordinateur de plongée et dans le panneau *Liste des plongées*
|
||
de _Subsurface_, la plongée dans le carnet de _Subsurface_ sera écrasée par
|
||
l'enregistrement de l'ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
|
||
- La case à cocher _Télécharger dans un nouveau voyage_ assure que, après
|
||
l'importation, les plongées téléchargées seront regroupées ensemble dans un
|
||
nouveau voyage dans la *Liste des plongées*.
|
||
|
||
- Ne cochez *pas* les cases nommées _Sauvegarder le fichier log de
|
||
libdivecomputer_ et _Sauvegarder le fichier de données brutes de
|
||
libdivecomputer_. Elles sont uniquement utilisées comme outils de diagnostic
|
||
lorsque des problèmes de téléchargement se présentent (voir ci-dessous).
|
||
- Ensuite, cliquez sur le bouton _Télécharger_. Une fois la communication
|
||
établie, vous pouvez voir comment les données sont récupérées depuis
|
||
l'ordinateur de plongée. Selon la marque de l'ordinateur de plongée et/ou le
|
||
nombre de plongées enregistrées, cela peut prendre un certain temps. Soyez
|
||
patient. En bas de la boîte de dialogue de _Téléchargement_, vous trouverez
|
||
une barre de progression. Rappelez-vous que pour certains ordinateurs de
|
||
plongée, l'information de progression peut être incorrecte, puisque
|
||
_Subsurface_ ne connait pas la quantité de données à télécharger tant que le
|
||
téléchargement n'est pas terminé. Après le téléchargement des plongées,
|
||
elles apparaissent sous forme de tableau dans la partie droite de la boîte
|
||
de dialogue (voir image *B*, ci-dessus). Chaque plongée comporte une rangée
|
||
dans le tableau, montrant la date, la durée et la profoneur. À côté de
|
||
chaque plongée se trouve une case à cocher: cochez toutes les plongées qui
|
||
doivent être transférées vers la *Liste des plongées*. Dans le cas de
|
||
l'image ci-dessus, les six dernières plongées sont cochées et seront
|
||
transférées vers la *Liste des plongées*. Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton _OK_
|
||
en bas de la boîte de dialogue. Toutes les plongées importées apparaissent
|
||
dans la *Liste des plongées*, classées par date et heure. Déconnectez et
|
||
éteignez l'ordinateur de plongée pour économiser sa batterie.
|
||
|
||
- S'il y a un problème de communication avec l'ordinateur de plongée, un
|
||
message d'erreur s'affiche, semblable à ce texte: "Impossible d'ouvrir
|
||
/dev/ttyUSB0 Mares (Puck Pro)". Rapportez-vous au texte dans le boîte de
|
||
dialogue ci-dessous.
|
||
|
||
|
||
****
|
||
*PROBLÈMES AVEC LE TÉLÉCHARGEMENT DES DONNÉS DE L'ORDINATEUR DE PLONGÉE?*
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
Vérifiez les éléments suivants:
|
||
|
||
- L'ordinateur de plongée est-il en mode Communication PC ou Téléchargement?
|
||
|
||
- La batterie de l'ordinateur de plongée est-elle complètement chargée? Si ce
|
||
n'est pas le cas, chargez-la ou remplacez-la.
|
||
|
||
- Le câble de connexion est-il fautif ? Le câble fonctionne-t-il avec d'autres
|
||
logiciels? A-t-il fonctionné précédemment, ou est-ce la première fois que ce
|
||
câble est utilisé? Les contacts sur l'ordinateur de plongée et le câble
|
||
sont-ils propres ?
|
||
|
||
- Consultez
|
||
xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Annexe
|
||
A] pour être certain que le point de montage correct a été spécifié (voir
|
||
ci-dessus).
|
||
|
||
- Sur les systèmes d'exploitation de type Unix, l'utilisateur a-t-il les
|
||
droits d'écriture sur le port USB? Si non, consultez
|
||
xref:_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer[Annexe
|
||
A]
|
||
|
||
Si l'ordinateur utilisant _Subsurface_ ne reconnaît pas l'adaptateur USB en
|
||
ne montrant pas le bon nom de périphérique à côté du Point de montage, il
|
||
est possible que le câble ou l'adaptateur USB soit fautif. Un câble
|
||
défectueux est la cause la plus courante de problème de communication entre
|
||
un ordinateur de plongée et _Subsurface_. Il est également possible que
|
||
_Subsurface_ ne puisse pas interpréter les données. Réalisez un
|
||
téléchargement de diagnostic en cochant les deux cases suivantes dans la
|
||
boîte de dialogue de téléchargement décrite ci-dessus:
|
||
|
||
Save libdivecomputer logfile
|
||
Save libdivecomputer dumpfile
|
||
|
||
*Important*: ces cases à cocher ne doivent être utilisées qu'en cas de problème
|
||
durant le processus de téléchargement. En temps normal, elles ne doivent pas être cochées.
|
||
En cochant ces cases, l'utilisateur doit sélectionner un dossier où l'information sera enregistrée. Le dossier par défaut est celui dans lequel
|
||
le carnet de
|
||
_Subsurface_ est stocké.
|
||
|
||
*Important:* _après un téléchargement avec les cases ci-dessus
|
||
cochées, aucune plongée n'est ajoutée à la
|
||
*Liste des plongées* mais deux fichiers sont créés dans le dossier sélectionné précédemment_:
|
||
|
||
subsurface.log
|
||
subsurface.bin
|
||
|
||
Ces fichiers doivent être envoyés à la liste de diffusion de _Subsurface_:
|
||
_subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org_ avec une demande d'analyse des
|
||
fichieres. Précisez la marque et le modèle de l'ordinateur ainsi que des
|
||
informations relatives aux plongées enregistrées sur l'ordinateur de
|
||
plongée.
|
||
****
|
||
|
||
[[S_Bluetooth]]
|
||
==== Connexion de _Subsurface_ à un ordinateur de plongée équipé de Bluetooth
|
||
[icon="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg"]
|
||
|
||
Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive
|
||
computers and _Subsurface_. _Subsurface_ provides a largely operating system
|
||
independent Bluetooth interface. An increasing number of dive computers use
|
||
Bluetooth Low Energy (BTLE) as a means of communication. However, BTLE is
|
||
not a standardised protocol, consequently adaptations need to be made for
|
||
communicating with each different dive computer model. See the
|
||
link:https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/[list
|
||
of supported dive computers]. Bluetooth communication is often more
|
||
reliable if all Bluetooth devices seen by the _Subsurface_ computer are
|
||
removed and pairing with the Bluetooth dive computer is performed from
|
||
afresh. The Bluetooth and BTLE interfaces are under active development with
|
||
respect to new dive computers that use this mechanism of communication.
|
||
|
||
La configuration de _Subsurface_ pour une communication Bluetooth nécessite
|
||
4 étapes :
|
||
|
||
- Vérifiez que Blutooth est activé sur l'ordinateur sur lequel _Subsurface_
|
||
est actif.
|
||
- Vérifiez que _Subsurface_ détecte l'adaptateur Bluetooth de l'ordinateur.
|
||
- Vérifiez que l'ordinateur de plongée Bluetooth est détectable et en mode
|
||
Connection PC.
|
||
- Vérifiez que _Subsurface_ est jumelé avec l'ordinateur de plongée Bluetooth.
|
||
|
||
Faites apparaître la boîte de dialogue de téléchargement en sélectionnant
|
||
_Importer -> Importer depuis l'ordinateur de plongée_ depuis le *Menu
|
||
principal*. Après avoir coché la case _"Choisir le mode de téléchargement
|
||
Bluetooth"_, la boîte de dialogue ci-dessous apparaît.
|
||
|
||
===== Sur Linux ou MacOS :
|
||
|
||
image::images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg["FIGURE: Download Bluetooth", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Although the _Subsurface_ Bluetooth interface is intended to function
|
||
without Bluetooth pairing at the operating system level, it is always
|
||
prudent to follow up initial Bluetooth pairing problems by pairing the
|
||
Bluetooth dive computer with the _Subsurface_ computer using the operating
|
||
system services of the desktop computer. Delete all existing pairings and
|
||
start by scanning for Bluetooth devices from an empty list (on the desktop)
|
||
of Bluetooth devices. Once _Subsurface_ has recognised the Bluetooth dive
|
||
computer, subsequent divelog downloads are likely to be simple.
|
||
|
||
Sur les plateformes _Linux_ ou -MacOS_, le nom de l'ordinateur utilisant
|
||
Subsurface_ et son adresse Bluetooth sont affichées du côté droit. L'état
|
||
(allumé/éteint) de l'adaptateur Bluetooth est affiché sous l'adresse et peut
|
||
être modifié en cliquer sur la case _Allumer/éteindre_. Si l'adresse
|
||
Bluetooth n'est pas affichée, _Subsurface_ ne détecte pas le périphérique
|
||
Bluetooth local. Assurez-vous que le driver Bluetooth est installé
|
||
correctement sur l'ordinateur utilisant _Subsurface_ et vérifiez qu'il peut
|
||
être utilisé par d'autres utilitaires Bluetooth comme _bluetoothctl_ ou
|
||
_bluemoon_. Ceci clôture les deux premières étapes. Vérifiez que
|
||
l'ordinateur de plongée avec Bluetooth est en mode Connexion PC et est
|
||
détectable pour d'autres périphériques Bluetooth. Consultez le manuel de
|
||
l'ordinateur de plongée pour plus d'information. À présent, la troisième
|
||
étape de notre liste est terminée. Sélectionnez le bouton _Scannez_ en bas
|
||
à gauche de la boîte de dialogue ci-dessus. Après la recherche, l'ordinateur
|
||
de plongée devrait se trouver dans la liste (peut-être sous la norme d'un
|
||
numéro de périphérique Bluetooth) dans la liste principale sur la gauche de
|
||
la boîte de dialogue (voir image ci-dessus). Si cela ne fonctionne pas,
|
||
sélectionnez le bouton _Effacer_, puis scannez à nouveau en utilisant le
|
||
bouton _Scan_. Après avoir suivi cette procédure, _Subsurface_ devrait voir
|
||
l'ordinateur de plongée. La dénomination de l'ordinateur de plongée détecté
|
||
contient le nom du périphérique, son adresse et son statut de jumelage. Si
|
||
le périphérique n'est pas jumelé et que son nom est affiché avec un
|
||
arrière-plan rouge, un menu contextuel peut être ouvert en sélectionnant ce
|
||
nom avec un cli-droit. Sélectionnez l'option _Jumeler_ et attendez que la
|
||
tâche soit terminée. Si l'ordinateur est jumelé à Subsurface pour la
|
||
première fois, il est possible que Subsurface demande un nombre ou un code
|
||
PIN. Le plus utilisé est 0000, et c'est celui qui fonctionne pour un
|
||
Shearwater Petrel. Si nécessaire, consultez le manuel utilisateur de
|
||
l'ordinateur de plongée que vous utilisez.
|
||
|
||
****
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
Actuellement, _Subsurface_ ne supporte par le jumelage Bluetooth avec les
|
||
ordinateurs de plongée qui nécessitent un code PIN personnalisé. Pour
|
||
jumeler ces périphériques, utiliser les utilitaires du système
|
||
d'exploitation comme suggéré ci-dessous.
|
||
|
||
Une façon d'y parvenir est d'utiliser +bluetoothctl+:
|
||
|
||
$ bluetoothctl
|
||
[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
|
||
Agent registered
|
||
[bluetooth]# default-agent
|
||
Default agent request successful
|
||
[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
|
||
Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
|
||
Request PIN code
|
||
[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000
|
||
****
|
||
|
||
Une fois que les péréphériques sont jumelés, cliquer sur le bouton
|
||
_Enregistrer_ de la boîte de dialogue. Ceci fermera la boîte de dialogue
|
||
Bluetooth. Ensuite, sélectionnez _Télécharger_ dans la boîte de dialogue
|
||
_Télécharger depuis l'ordinateur de plongée_ qui devrait encore être
|
||
ouverte. Les plongées téléchargées sont affichées dans la partie droite de
|
||
la boîte de dialogue de téléchargement.
|
||
|
||
===== Sur Windows :
|
||
image::images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png["FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Sous _Windows_, les _Détails du périphérique Bluetooth local_ à droite ne
|
||
sont pas affichés comme dans les sytèmes Linux/Mac. Pour démarrer un scan
|
||
(en appuyant sur le bouton _Scan_), vérifiez que le périphérique Bluetooth
|
||
sur l'ordinateur de _Subsurface_ est activé en sélectionnant l'ordinateur de
|
||
plongée dans la liste des périphériques Bluetooth disponibles (voir image
|
||
ci-dessus). Si l'ordinateur de plongée est connecté à Subsurface pour la
|
||
première fois, il est possible que Subsurface demande un nombre ou un code
|
||
PIN. Entrez le code indiqué dans le manuel utilisateur de l'ordinatuer de
|
||
plongée. Un code ou PIN de 0000 est souvent le code par défaut.
|
||
|
||
L'étape de jumelage est vérifiée et réalisée automatiquement durant le
|
||
processus de téléchargement. Si les périphériques n'ont pas encore été
|
||
jumelés, le système demandera l'autorisation de le faire et affichera un
|
||
message sur la partie droite de l'écran. _Ajouter un périphérique_, _Tapez
|
||
pour configurer votre périphérique_. _Toujours autoriser le jumelage. Après
|
||
la sélection d'un item découvert, cliquez sur le bouton
|
||
_Enregistrer_. Enfin, sélectionnez le bouton "Télécharger_ dans la boîte de
|
||
dialogue de téléchargement et attendez la fin du processus.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
Actuellement, _Subsurface_ ne fonctionne qu'avec les adaptateurs Bluetooth
|
||
locaux qui utilisent Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. Si le périphérique local
|
||
utilise des drivers _Widcomm_, _Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth_ ou
|
||
_BlueSoleil_, cela ne fonctionnera pas. Cependant, les clés/dongles de ces
|
||
fabricants (p. ex. iSonic) qui supportent le Microsoft Bluetooth Stack
|
||
fonctionneront.
|
||
|
||
Un journal de message (log) en bas à gauche de la _sélection de périphérique
|
||
Bluetooth distant_ affiche des détails sur le statut actuel du l'agent
|
||
Bluetooth. Pour sélectionner un autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant la
|
||
"boîte de dialogue de sélection Bluetooth distant", cliquez sur le bouton
|
||
avec trois points à côté de l'option _"Choisir le mode de téléchargement
|
||
Bluetooth"_.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
|
||
*EN CAS DE PROBLÈMES*: si l'adaptateur Bluetooth de l'ordinateur utilisant _Subsurface_
|
||
se bloque et que le processus de _téléchargement_ échoue de façon répétée,
|
||
_dissociez_ les périphériques et répétez les étapes ci-dessus. Si cela ne fonctionne pas,
|
||
l' xref:S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName[_Annexe A_] contient
|
||
des informations sur la configuration manuelle et la vérification de la connection Bluetooth
|
||
avec _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
[[S_DeviceNames]]
|
||
==== Changement du nom d'un ordinateur de plongée
|
||
|
||
Il peut être nécessaire d'établir une distinction entre différents
|
||
ordinateurs de plongée utilisés pour télécharger des données de plongée vers
|
||
_Subsurface_. Par exemple, si l'ordinateur d'un équipier provient du même
|
||
fabriquant et est dun même modèle que le votre et que les données sont
|
||
téléchargées vers le même ordinateur utilisant _Subsurface_, vous voudirez
|
||
sans doute en appeler un "Suunto D4 d'Alice" et l'autre "Suunto D4 de
|
||
Bob". Ou encore, imaginez un plongeur Tek qui plonge avec deux ordinateurs
|
||
ou plus; les données pourraient toutes être téléchargées. Dans ce cas, il
|
||
serait prident de les appeler "Suunto D4 (1)" et "Suunto D4 (2)". Ceci est
|
||
facilement réalisable dans _Subsurface_. Dans le *Menu principal*,
|
||
sélectionnez _Journal -> Éditer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée_. Une
|
||
boîte de dialogue s'ouvre, affichant le modèle actuel, son ID et le nom des
|
||
ordinateurs utilisés pour le téléchargement. Éditez le champ Nom de
|
||
l'ordinateur de plongée concerné. Après avoir sauvegardé le Nom, le journal
|
||
de plongée affiche le nom de l'ordinateur concerné à la place du nom du
|
||
modèle, permettant une identification plus facile des périphériques.
|
||
|
||
[[S_MultipleDiveComputers]]
|
||
==== Chargement des données d'une plongée spécifique depuis plusieurs ordinateurs de plongée
|
||
|
||
Certains plongeurs utilisent plus d'un ordinateur de plongée en même,temps,
|
||
par exemple en plongée technique. Si vous importez les profils de ces
|
||
différents ordinateurs de plongée dans _Subsurface_, les profils peuvent
|
||
être vu indépendemment. Pendant le téléchargement, les données de ces
|
||
ordinateurs de plongée sont automatiquement fusionnées en une seule
|
||
plongée. Les différents profils sont présentés dans le panneau _Profil_ avec
|
||
le nom de chaque ordinateur de plongée indiqué en bas à gauche. *Lorsque la
|
||
plongée est en surbrillance dans la _Liste des plongées_*, passez du profil
|
||
d'un ordinateur de plongée à l'autre en utilisant soit les flèches
|
||
gauche/droite du clavier, soit en sélectionnant _Vue Ordinateur précédent_
|
||
ou _Vue -> Ordinateur suivant_. Les données du panneau _Notes_ ne sont pas
|
||
affectées par le choix de l'un ou l'autre ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
|
||
[[S_EditDiveInfo]]
|
||
==== Mise à jour de l'information importée depuis un ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
|
||
Une fois les plongées chargées dans la Liste des plongées, l'information
|
||
extraite de l'ordinateur de plongée n'est pas complète et d'autres détails
|
||
doivent être ajoutés pour obtenir un enregistrement complet des
|
||
plongées. Pour ce faire, les onglets *Notes* et *Équipement* et haut à
|
||
gauche de la fenêtre de _Subsurface_ doivent être utilisés.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Notes_dc]]
|
||
===== Notes
|
||
|
||
Pour obtenir un enregistrement plus comple de la plongée, l'utilisateur doit
|
||
ajouter manuellement certaines informations. La procédure expliquée
|
||
ci-dessous est quasiment identique pour les plongées entrées manuellement et
|
||
celles qui sont téléchargées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
|
||
Dans certains cas, vous devrez préciser la date et l'heure de la plongée,
|
||
par exemple lorsque vous entrez une plongée manuellement ou qu'un ordinateur
|
||
de plongée ne précise pas la date et l'heure de cette plongée. (D'habitude,
|
||
la date et l'heure d'une plongée, le mélange de gaz et la température de
|
||
l'eau sont obtenues via l'ordinateur de plongée). Si le contenu de l'onglet
|
||
*Notes* est modifié ou édité d'une quelconque manière, le message dans la
|
||
boîte bleue en haut du panneau affiche que la plongée a été éditée. Si vous
|
||
cliquez sur l'onglet *Notes*, les champs suivants sont visibles (voir image
|
||
en bas à gauche):
|
||
|
||
image::images/AddDive3_f22.jpg["FIGURE: The Notes tab", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
L'image à droite, ci-dessus, montre l'onglet *Notes* complété avec des
|
||
informations de plongée. Les champs *Date* et *Heure* indiquent la date et
|
||
l'heure de la plongée. En cliquant sur la date, un calendrier est afficher
|
||
pour sélectionner la date correcte. Appuyez sur la touche ESC pour fermer le
|
||
calendrier. Les valeurs d'heure (heure et minutes) peuvent également être
|
||
éditées directement en cliquant sur chacune d'entre elles dans la boîte de
|
||
texte et en remplaçant l'information qui s'y trouve.
|
||
|
||
*Température de l'air/eau*: les températures de l'air et de l'eau pendant la plongée sont affichées
|
||
dans des boîtes de texte à droite de l'heure de début de plongée. De nombreux ordinateurs de plongée
|
||
renseignent la température de l'eau, et cette boîte peut contenir cette information.
|
||
Si la température de l'air n'est pas renseignée par l'ordinateur de plongée, la première température pour l'eau
|
||
peut être utilisée comme température de l'air. En général, elle est proche de la température de l'air.
|
||
S'il est nécessaire d'éditer ces informations, seule une valeur est nécessaire, l'unité de température étant
|
||
automatiquement fournie par
|
||
_Subsurface_ (sur base des _Préférences_, les unités métriques ou impériales
|
||
seront utilisées).
|
||
|
||
[[S_locations]]
|
||
*Lieu*:
|
||
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
|
||
[WARNING]
|
||
Les lieux de plongée sont gérés comme une partie *séparée* du carnet de
|
||
plongée. Les informations de plongée dans les onglets *Notes* et
|
||
*Équipement* ne peuvent donc PAS être édités en même temps que les
|
||
informations sur le site de plongée. Enregistrez toutes les autres
|
||
informations (p. ex. instructeur, équipier, équipement, notes à propos de la
|
||
plongée) en sélectionnant _Appliquer les modifications_ dans l'onglet
|
||
*Notes* AVANT d'éditer les informations sur le site de plongée. Ensuite,
|
||
nommez le site de plongée dans la bpîte de texte _Lieu_ dans l'onglet
|
||
*Notes*.
|
||
|
||
*Using existing dive locations:* Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
|
||
If several dives are
|
||
made at the same location, the site information for the first dive is re-used.
|
||
Therefore, if a dive site has been used before, the name of that site (and sometimes
|
||
the names of similar sites) appears below the dive site text box (image below). Double-click on
|
||
the appropriate dive site name and the dive location will be associated with the
|
||
dive being entered. Then select _Apply Changes_ (image below) to save the geolocation for this dive site.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Location1.jpg["FIGURE:Location choice panel", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
*Entering a new dive location:* On the other hand, having dived at a new dive location,
|
||
a new record needs to be created
|
||
that could be used for the new and for later dives at this new site. Type the name of the new dive site into the text box
|
||
(image A below).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Globe_image1.jpg["FIGURE:Location creation panel", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Double-click on the blue bar below the new dive location name. The blue bar
|
||
disappears (image B above) and the globe icon on the right-hand of the
|
||
location name text box turns blue. In the Dive Map part of the _Subsurface_
|
||
window, a world map appears (image C above). Click on the blue globe icon to
|
||
the right of the dive site name in the _Notes_ panel (image B above). This
|
||
opens a window for entering the details of the new dive location (image A
|
||
below). The globe icon changes to indicate that the location data are being
|
||
edited. The only important data here are the geographic coordinates of the
|
||
dive location.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Globe_image2.jpg["FIGURE:Location creation panel", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Il existe trois façons d'ajouter des coordonnées :
|
||
|
||
*(1):* Entrer les coordonnées manuellement si vous les connaissez,
|
||
en utilisant un des quatre formats avec la latitude suivie de la longitude :
|
||
|
||
Format ISO 6709 Annexe D, ex. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E
|
||
Degrés et minutes décimales, ex. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788'
|
||
Degrés minutes secondes, ex. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5"
|
||
Degrés décimaux, ex. 30.22496 , 30.821798
|
||
|
||
Les latitudes dans l'hémisphère sud sont données avec un *S*, ex. S30°, ou
|
||
avec une valeur négative, ex. -30.22496. De la même façon, les longitudes
|
||
ouest sont données avec un *W*, ex. W07°, ou avec une valeur négative,
|
||
ex. -7.34323. Certains claviers ne comportent par le signe degré (°). Il
|
||
peut être remplacé par un *d* comme ceci: N30d W20d. Entrer tout autre
|
||
informations à propos du site de plongée (Description et notes), puis
|
||
sélectionner _Appliquer les modifications_ pour sauvegarder la
|
||
géolocalisation de ce site. Les informations du site de plongée pourront
|
||
être modifiées ultérieurement, en cliquant sur l'icône de globe à droite du
|
||
nom du site de plongée, dans l'"onglet notes".
|
||
|
||
*(2):* Use the Dive Map to specify the coordinates. The Dive map now shows
|
||
all the existing dive locations in grey as well as an additional marker in red
|
||
(image B above). Drag the red marker to the location of the dive site being entered.
|
||
The map can be dragged and zoomed using the mouse wheel. Position the red marker
|
||
by dragging it on the map, zooming in on the appropriate part of the map and placing
|
||
the marker at an appropriate position (image B below). The coordinates of the dive
|
||
location are automatically inserted into the appropriate text box in the dive location
|
||
information window (image A below). Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and Notes),
|
||
then select _Apply Changes_ to save the geolocation for this dive site.
|
||
The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe icon to the right of the
|
||
dive site name in the *Notes tab*.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Globe_image3.jpg["FIGURE:Location creation panel", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Once the dive location data have been saved, the dive on the Dive List has a
|
||
globe icon immediately to the left of the location name of a particular
|
||
dive.
|
||
|
||
*(3):* Obtenir les coordonnées en utilisant soit l'application Subsurface-Mobile, soit l'application _Subsurface_ Companion avec un
|
||
périphérique Android ou un iPhone avec GPS si les coordonnées du site de plongée ont été stockées
|
||
en utilisant une de ces applications.
|
||
xref:S_Companion[Cliquez ici pour plus d'information]
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
|
||
[WARNING]
|
||
Les coordonnées GPS d'un site de plongée sont liées au nom de lieu - ainsi,
|
||
*enregistrer* un site de plongée avec uniquement les coordonnées mais aucun
|
||
nom causera des problèmes. (Subsurface pensera que toutes cesplongées ont le
|
||
même lieu et tentera de garder leurs coordonnées GPSidentiques).
|
||
|
||
*Recherche du nom d'un site de plongée*: si vous avez entré les coordonnées dans la boîte
|
||
de texte appropriée, vous pouvez lancer une recherche de nom sur base des coordonnées.
|
||
Ceci est réalisé lorsque _Subsurface_ utilise Internet pour trouver le nom d'un site de plongée
|
||
sur base des coordonnées que vous avez entrées. Si un nom est trouvé, il est
|
||
automatiquement inséré dans la boîte Étiquettes. La liste (intitulée _"Sites de plongée situés aux mêmes coordonnées_") en bas
|
||
du panneau du site de plongée contient les noms d'autres sites de plongée utilisés
|
||
au même endroit. Par exemple, si le site de plongée est "Blue Hole" et qu'il y a plusieurs
|
||
sites nommés "Blue Hole", ils seront tous listés.
|
||
|
||
Entrez toute information contextuelle relative au site de plongée
|
||
(Description et Notes) puis sélectionnez _Appliquer les modifications_ pour
|
||
enregistrer la géolocalisation du site de plongée. L'information concernant
|
||
le site de plongée peut être éditée ultérieurement en cliquant sur l'icone
|
||
en forme de globe à droite du nom du site de plongée dans l'onglet *Notes*.
|
||
|
||
*Mode de plongée*: cette liste déroulante vous permet de choisir le type de plongée
|
||
réalisée. Les options sont OC (scaphandre en circuit ouvert, le choix par défaut pour la plupart des plongées loisir),
|
||
Apnée (plongée sans scaphandre), CCR (recycleur
|
||
en circuit fermé) et pSCR (recycleur passif semi-fermé).
|
||
|
||
*Moniteur/Guide de palanquée*: le nom du moniteur ou du guide de palanquée doit être
|
||
entré dans ce champ
|
||
qui permet une sélection automatique basé sur la liste des moniteurs
|
||
déjà présents dans le carnet en cours.
|
||
|
||
*Équipier*: dans ce champ, entrez le(s) nom(s) de votre/vos équipier(s)
|
||
(sparés par des virgules) qui participaient à la
|
||
plongée. Une sélection automatique se base sur la liste des équipiers déjà présents dans le
|
||
carnet en cours.
|
||
|
||
*Combinaison*: le type de combinaison peut être entré ici.
|
||
Une sélection automatique est disponible.
|
||
Certains utilisateurs de vêtement étanche peuvent utiliser ce champ pour enregistrer quelle ensemble de
|
||
combinaison et souris ils ont utilisé.
|
||
|
||
*Évaluation*: attribue une évaluation subjective à une plongée sur une
|
||
échelle de 5 points en cliquant sur l'étoile correspondante.
|
||
|
||
*Visibilité*: attribue une évaluation de la visibilité à une plongée sur une
|
||
échelle de 5 points en cliquant sur l'étoile correspondante.
|
||
|
||
*Étiquettes*: il est possible de définir ici des étiquettes qui décrivent le
|
||
type de plongée (séparées par des virgules). Des exemples courants d'étiquettes sont bateau,
|
||
plongée dérivante, exercice, grotte, etc.
|
||
_Subsurface_ contient de nombreuses étiquettes. En commençant à taper une étiquette, _Subsurface_ liste
|
||
les étiquettes correspondant à la frappe. Par exemple, en entrant
|
||
+cav+, les étiquettes *cave* et *caverne* sont proposées.
|
||
|
||
*Notes*: toute information supplémentaire concernant une plongée peut être entrée ici.
|
||
|
||
Les boutons _Appliquer les modifications_ et _Annuler les modifications_
|
||
sont utilisés pour enregistrer toutes les informations des onglets du
|
||
panneau *Informations* et du panneau *Profil de plongée*. Utilisez-les
|
||
lorsque *TOUTES* les autres informations ont été ajoutées. L'image
|
||
xref:S_Notes_dc[située au début de cette section] montre un exemple de
|
||
l'onglet *Notes* après avoir complété les informations d'une plongée.
|
||
|
||
===== Équipement
|
||
|
||
L'onglet Équipement permet d'entrer les informations concernant le type de
|
||
bloc et le gaz utilisé, ainsi que le lestage utilisé pour la plongée. Le
|
||
message dans la boîte bleue en haut du panneau:
|
||
|
||
image::images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Blue edit bar", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
indique que l'équipement a été édité. C'est une partie hautement interactive
|
||
de _Subsurface_ et les informations sur les blocs et les gaz (entrées ici)
|
||
déterminent le comportement du *Profil de plongée* (panneau en haut à
|
||
droite).
|
||
|
||
[[cylinder_definitions]]
|
||
*Blocs*: les informations concernant les blocs sont entrées via une boîte de dialogue
|
||
qui ressemble à ceci:
|
||
|
||
image::images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Pour les plongées entrées manuellement, cette information doit être
|
||
entrée. Pour les ordinateurs de plongée, _Subsurface_ reçoit souvent
|
||
l'information concernant le gaz utilisé et insère automatiquement sa
|
||
composition (% d'oxygène ou % d'hélium) dans le tableau. Le bouton + en haut
|
||
à droite permet d'ajouter des blocs pour cette plongée. L'icone de corbeille
|
||
noire à gauche permet de supprimer les informations d'un bloc. Notez qu'il
|
||
n'est pas possible de supprimer un bloc s'il est utilisé durant la
|
||
plongée. Un bloc doit être implicitement utilisé pour la plongée, même sans
|
||
événement de changement de gaz. Commencez par sélectionner un type de bloc
|
||
dans la partie gauche du tableau. Pour sélectionner un bloc, il faut
|
||
cliquer sur la boîte _Type_. Cela fera apparaître un bouton permettant
|
||
d'afficher une liste déroulante de blocs:
|
||
|
||
image::images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
La liste déroulante peut être utilisée pour sélectionner le type de bloc
|
||
utilisé pour cette plongée, ou il suffit de commencer à taper dans la boîte
|
||
pour afficher les options disponibles selon les lettres entrées. La *Taille*
|
||
du bloc ainsi que sa pression de service (_Pression de service) seront
|
||
automatiquement affichées dans la boîte de dialogue.
|
||
|
||
Ensuite, indiquez la pression de déart et celle d'arrivée pour le gaz
|
||
spécifié pendant la plongée. L'unité de pression (métrique/impériale)
|
||
correspond au réglage choisi dans les _Préférences_.
|
||
|
||
Pour terminer, renseignez le mélange de gaz utilisé. S'il s'agit d'air, la
|
||
valeur de 21% peut être entrée dans la case Oxygène, ou ce champ peut être
|
||
laissé vide. Si du nitrox ou du trimix a été utilisé, les pourcentages
|
||
d'oxygène et/ou d'hélium doivent être entrés. Tout champ non requis
|
||
concerné doit être laissé vide. Après avoir entré les informations du bloc,
|
||
enregistrez les données soit en pressant la douche _ENTRÉE_, soit en
|
||
cliquant hors de la case contenant le curseur. Les informatioins pour les
|
||
blocs supplémentaires peuvent être ajoutées en utilisant le bouton + en haut
|
||
à droite. Voici un exemple d'une description complète pour une plongée
|
||
utilisant deux blocs (air et EAN50):
|
||
|
||
image::images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
*Poids*: les informations à propos du système de lestage peuvent être entrés
|
||
via une interface similaire à celles des blocs. Si vous cliquez
|
||
sur le bouton + en haut à droite , le tableau apparaît
|
||
comme suit:
|
||
|
||
image::images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg["FIGURE:The Weights dialogue", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
En cliquant sur le champ: _Type_, une liste déroulante devient accessible
|
||
via une flèche vers le bas:
|
||
|
||
image::images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg["FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button", align="center"]
|
||
Celle-ci peut être utilisée pour sélectionner le type de poids utilisé
|
||
durant la plongée. Vous pouvez commencer à taper dans la case pour spécifier
|
||
un mécanisme différent de lestage qui sera sauvegardé par _Subsurface_. Dans
|
||
le champ *Poids*, entrez la quantité de poids utilisé durant la
|
||
plongée. Après avoir spécifié le système de lestage, enregistrez les données
|
||
avec la touche _ENTRÉE_ du clavier ou en cliquant hors de la case contenant
|
||
le curseur. Il est possible d'entrer des informations pour plusieurs
|
||
systèmes de lestage en utilisant le pouton + en haut à droite. Les systèmes
|
||
de lestage peuvent être supprimés en utilisant l'icone de corbeille sur la
|
||
gauche. Voici un exemple d'informations pour une plongée avec deux systèmes
|
||
de lestage: des poids intégrés et une ceinture:
|
||
|
||
image::images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg["FIGURE: A completed weights information table", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
==== Éditer simultanément une sélection de plusieurs plongées
|
||
|
||
_METHOD 1_: After downloading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles
|
||
of each is shown in the *Dive profile* tab, as well as a few items of
|
||
information in the *Notes* tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
|
||
*Equipment* tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). Other fields
|
||
remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the fields in
|
||
the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs. For instance, it’s possible that a diver
|
||
performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at
|
||
the same dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or
|
||
tags. Instead of completing the information for each dive separately, select
|
||
all the dives for that day in the *Dive List* and insert the same
|
||
information in the *Notes* and *Equipment* fields that need identical
|
||
information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any
|
||
one of the selected dives.
|
||
|
||
Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
|
||
information. This means if some fields have been edited for a particular
|
||
dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while editing the dives
|
||
simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives
|
||
simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains _exactly the same
|
||
information_ for all the dives that have been selected, the new, edited
|
||
information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the
|
||
edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in the
|
||
*Dive List*. This speeds up the completion of the dive log after several
|
||
similar dives.
|
||
|
||
[[S_CopyComponents]]
|
||
_METHOD 2_:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
|
||
dive with all the appropriate information typed into the *Notes* and
|
||
*Equipment* tabs. Then, from the main menu, select _Log -> Copy dive
|
||
components_. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
|
||
the fields in the *Notes* and *Equipment* tabs. Select the fields to be
|
||
copied from the currently selected dive, then select _OK_. Now, in the *Dive
|
||
List*, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
|
||
from the main menu, select _Log -> Paste dive components_. All the selected
|
||
dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
|
||
log.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Bookmarks]]
|
||
==== Ajout des signets à une plongée
|
||
|
||
De nombreux plongeurs désirent annonter leurs plongées avec du texte
|
||
indiquant des événements particuliers, p. ex. "J'ai vu des dauphins", ou
|
||
"Déploiement de parachute de palier". Ceci peut ^être facilement réalisé:
|
||
|
||
- Cliquez-droit à l'endroit voulu dans le profil de plongée. Cela fait
|
||
apparaître le menu contextuel du profil de plongée. Sélectionnez _Ajouter un
|
||
signet_. Un drapeau rouge est alors placé à cet endroit sur le profil de
|
||
plongée (voir *A* ci-dessous).
|
||
|
||
- Cliquez-droit sur le drapeau rouge. Ceci fait apparaître un menu contextuel
|
||
(voir *B* ci-dessous). Sélectionnez _Modifier le nom_.
|
||
|
||
- Une boîte de texte s'affiche. Entrez le texte explicatif pour le signet
|
||
(voir *C* ci-dessous). Sélectionnez _OK_. Ceci enregistrera le texte associé
|
||
au signet.
|
||
|
||
- En survolant le signet rouge avec la souris, le texte associé est affiché
|
||
dans le bas de la boîte d'information (voir *D* ci-dessous).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Bookmarks.jpg["FIGURE: Bookmark dialog", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
==== Enregistrer les informations de plongée mises à jour
|
||
|
||
Les informations entrées dans les onglets *Notes* et *Équipement* peuvent
|
||
être enregistrées en utilisant les deux boutons en haut à droite de l'onglet
|
||
*Notes*. Si vous cliquez sur le bouton _Appliquer les modifications_, les
|
||
données de la plongée sont enregistrées dans l'image mémoire de la
|
||
plongée. Si le bouton _Annuler les modifications_ est cliqué, les données de
|
||
plongées nouvellement entrées sont effacées de la mémoire de l'ordinateur,
|
||
bien que le profil de plongée soit conservé. Lorsque l'utilisateur quitte
|
||
_Subsurface_, il y a une dernière notificatioin pour confirmer que les
|
||
nouvelles données doivent être enregistrées de manière permanente sur le
|
||
disque de l'ordinateur.
|
||
|
||
=== Importer les informations à partir d'autres sources de données numériques ou d'autres formats de données
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs]]
|
||
|
||
Many divers log their dives using the proprietary software provided by the
|
||
manufacturers of their dive computers. _Subsurface_ can import dive logs
|
||
from a range of other dive log software. While import from some software is
|
||
supported natively, others require export of the dive log to an intermediate
|
||
format that can then be imported into _Subsurface_. Currently, _Subsurface_
|
||
supports importing CSV log files from several sources. Dive log import from
|
||
APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are preconfigured, but because
|
||
the import is flexible, users can configure their own imports. Manually
|
||
kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be imported by configuring the
|
||
CSV import. _Subsurface_ can also import UDDF and UDCF files used by some
|
||
dive log software and some dive computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp
|
||
DR5. Finally, for some dive log software like Mares Dive Organizer we
|
||
currently recommend importing the logbook first into a web service like
|
||
_divelogs.de_ and then import from there with _Subsurface_. Divelogs.de
|
||
supports a few additional logbook formats that _Subsurface_ currently cannot
|
||
handle.
|
||
|
||
If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select
|
||
either _Import -> Import log files_ or _File -> Open log file_. Notice that
|
||
the import adds the imported data to the current *Dive list*, and the open
|
||
style starts a new dive list. _Subsurface_ supports the data formats of many
|
||
dive computers, including Suunto, Shearwater and some CCR equipment. When
|
||
importing dives, _Subsurface_ tries to detect multiple records for the same
|
||
dive and merges the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone
|
||
issues (or other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to
|
||
be significantly different) _Subsurface_ will not create duplicate
|
||
entries. Below is more specific information to import data to _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
==== Utilisation de la boîte de dialogue universelle d'importation
|
||
[[Unified_import]]
|
||
|
||
L'importation de plongées depuis d'autres logiciels se fait au travers d'une
|
||
interface universelle en sélectionnant _Importer_ depuis le menu principal,
|
||
puis en cliquant sur _Importer des fichiers de plongée_. Ceci fera
|
||
apparaître la boîte de dialogue *A*, comme ci-dessous.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Import1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
En bas à droite se trouve la liste déroulante avec la mention par défaut
|
||
_Dive Log Files_ qui permet d'accéder aux différents types d'importations
|
||
directes disponibles, comme dans le dialogue *B* ci-dessus. Actuellement, il
|
||
s'agit de:
|
||
|
||
- Carnet de plongée formatés en XML (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive et divers autres
|
||
systèmes de carnet de plongée)
|
||
- Carnets de plongée Cochran
|
||
- Carnets de plongée formatés en UDDF (p. ex. Kenozooid)
|
||
- Carnets de plongée formatés en UDCF
|
||
- Logs Poseidon MkVI CCR
|
||
- Logs APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR
|
||
- Logs LiquiVision
|
||
- Logs divelogs.de
|
||
- Logs OSTC Tools
|
||
- JDiveLog
|
||
- Suunto Dive Manager (DM3, DM4, DM5)
|
||
- Fichers DL7 utilisés par Diver's Alert network (DAN)
|
||
- Logs Underwater technologies AV1
|
||
- Logs Divesoft
|
||
- Logs Poseidon MK VI eCCR
|
||
- Carnet de plongée CSV (format texte ou tableau), y compris les logs APD CCR
|
||
|
||
Sélectionner le format voulu puis le fichier recherché dans la fenêtre
|
||
contenant la liste des fichiers sur la droite de la boîte de dialogue,
|
||
ouvrira le carnet de plongée importé dans la *Liste des plongées* de
|
||
_Subsurface_. Certains autres formats, non accessible depuis la boîte de
|
||
dialogue d'importation, sont également supportés, comme expliqué ci-dessous.
|
||
|
||
==== Importation depuis OSTCTools
|
||
|
||
_OSTC Tools_ is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
|
||
tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. _OSTC Tools_ downloads dive
|
||
data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
|
||
extension _.dive_ . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
|
||
the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
|
||
select _OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)_. This makes the _OSTC Tools_ dive
|
||
logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the
|
||
_Open_ button. The OSTC dives are shown in the *Dive List* panel.
|
||
|
||
Tous les périphériques H&W supportés par OSTCTools peuvent être importés
|
||
dans _Subsurface_. Ceci comprend les modèles OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C,
|
||
OSTC3, OSTC Sport, et probablement, bien que non testés, Frog, OSTC2 et OSTC
|
||
CR.
|
||
|
||
Ne perdez pas de vue qu'OSTCTools n'est *pas* un vrai logiciel de carnet de
|
||
plongée, mais plutôt un ensemble d'outils pour l'analyse et la gestion des
|
||
périphériques OSTC. Seules les données brutes de l'ordinateur de plongée
|
||
seront importées dans _Subsurface_, le reste des données (équipiers,
|
||
équipement, notes, etc.) doit être complété manuellement.
|
||
|
||
|
||
==== Importation depuis Mares Dive Organizer V2.1
|
||
|
||
Vu que Mares utilise un logiciel Windows propriétaire non-compatible avec
|
||
les applications multi-plateformes, ces carnets de plongée ne peuvent pas
|
||
être importés directement dans _Subsurface_. Ceux-ci doivent être important
|
||
en suivant une procédure en trois étapes, en utilisant _www.divelogs.de_
|
||
comme passerelle pour extraire les informations du carnet de plongée.
|
||
|
||
1. Exportez les données du carnet de plongée depuis le Mares Dive Organizer
|
||
vers votre bureau, en utilisant un fichier avec l'extension
|
||
_.sdf_. référez-vous à l'xref:Mares_Export[Annexe C] pour plus
|
||
d'information.
|
||
2. Data should then be imported into _www.divelogs.de_. First, create a user
|
||
account in _www.divelogs.de_ and Log into that web site, then select _Import
|
||
Logbook -> Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side. The
|
||
instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
|
||
_.sdf_ format) from the Dive Organizer database to _www.divelogs.de_.
|
||
3. Enfin, importez les plongées depuis _divelogs.de_ vers _Subsurface_, en
|
||
suivant les instructions ci-dessous.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_SmartTrakImport]]
|
||
==== Importer les logs Scubapro _SmartTrak_
|
||
|
||
_SmartTrak_ stores the raw data from a Uwatec/Scubapro dive computer along
|
||
with a plethora of other data manually added by the user, ranging from dive
|
||
points to buddies data or DAN survey info. However, this is Microsoft
|
||
Windows-based propietary software by Uwatec (today Scubapro) using
|
||
Microsoft Access databases, preventing the integration the importer into the
|
||
_Subsurface_ core application.
|
||
|
||
A stand alone tool for Linux has been developed to import the _.slg_ files
|
||
generated by SmartTrak to Subsurface's _.xml_ format. It can be built
|
||
together with _Subsurface_ for Linux systems. Two dependencies need to be
|
||
installed in your system before building: _libglib2.0_ and _libmdb2_.
|
||
|
||
In addition, a web service is available for divelog convertions from
|
||
SmartTrak to _Subsurface_ (see below).
|
||
|
||
N'hésitez pas à contacter l'équipe de développement de _Subsurface_ via
|
||
mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org[notre liste de diffusion] pour de
|
||
l'aide à l'importation des lofs _SmartTrak_.
|
||
|
||
===== Compiler _smtk2ssrf_
|
||
|
||
Assuming the above dependencies have been installed and the _Subsurface_
|
||
source tree is in the directory _~/src/subsurface_, then:
|
||
|
||
- Move to the source tree directory.
|
||
- Run " $ ccmake build " and set SMARTTRAK_IMPORT option to *on* (off by
|
||
default).
|
||
- Generate with [c] and save and exit with [g].
|
||
- Build as you prefer, using the _build.sh_ script (recomended) or moving to
|
||
build directory and running _make_.
|
||
- After a successful build, there will be an executable named _smtk2ssrf_ in
|
||
the _subsurface/build_ directory. Copy or move it to a directory in your
|
||
$PATH, e.g. _~/bin_.
|
||
|
||
===== Utilisation
|
||
|
||
_smtk2ssrf_ accepts 0, 2 or more parameters. If it is launched without
|
||
parameters in a graphical user interface, a simple window opens for choosing
|
||
the _.slg_ file(s) to import and a destination file to store the
|
||
_Subsurface_-formatted data into (see image below).
|
||
|
||
image::images/smtk2ssrf.jpg["FIGURE:Download from SmartTrak", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
|
||
[WARNING]
|
||
Existing data in the destination file will be erased, so *DO NOT* use a
|
||
regular subsurface divelog file as a destination: rather, specify a *new*
|
||
filename as a destination.
|
||
|
||
If launched from a command line with two or more parameters, the format is
|
||
as follows:
|
||
|
||
$ smrtk2ssrf /input/file_1.slg /input/file_2.slg /output/file3.xml
|
||
|
||
where _input_ is the directory containing the .slg file(s) and _output_ is
|
||
the directory where the _Subsurface_-formatted output is written to. Files
|
||
_file_1.slg_ and _file_2.slg_ in the _input_ directory are imported and
|
||
stored in _file3.xml_ in the _output_ directory. Check any warning and error
|
||
messages in the console or in the graphical window: some may be relevant as
|
||
support for Galileo family of dive computers is still a work in progress.
|
||
|
||
===== For the lazy: a web service to convert _SmartTrak_ to _Subsurface_
|
||
|
||
Open the website at:
|
||
|
||
_https://thetheoreticaldiver.org/rch-cgi-bin/smtk2ssrf.pl_
|
||
|
||
This is a no-frills web service for converting _SmartTrak_ dive logs to
|
||
_Subsurface_. Select the browse button. This allows you to browse your
|
||
computer directories and to select the _SmartTrak_ divelog to be
|
||
converted. Once it has been selected, click the _Submit query_ button. After
|
||
a short while, a dialog box appears (image below) for saving the converted
|
||
file to the local computer.
|
||
|
||
image::images/strk2ssrf_web.jpg["FIGURE:Web service to convert SmartTrak divelog", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
===== Fusionner les plongées importées dans un carnet de plongée existant
|
||
|
||
Open the new file (generated in the previous steps) using _Subsurface_ and
|
||
check the dives and data. If everything is fine, close the _.xml_ file and
|
||
open your regular divelog. Then from the *Main Menu* select _Import ->
|
||
Import log file_ and choose the _.xml_ file containing the imported dives:
|
||
these will show in the *Dive List*, time ordered, along with the existing
|
||
dives. The new dives, although time ordered, will keep the numbering system
|
||
from _SmartTrak_, so a renumbering action is needed. See the section on
|
||
xref:S_Renumber[Renumbering the dives] for instructions on this topic.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingDivelogsDe]]
|
||
==== Importer des plongées depuis *divelogs.de*
|
||
|
||
Importing dive information from _divelogs.de_ is simple, using a single
|
||
dialogue box. The _Import -> Import from Divelogs.de_ option should be
|
||
selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see image *A*
|
||
below). Enter a user-ID and password for _divelogs.de_ and then select the
|
||
_Download_ button. Download from _divelogs.de_ starts immediately,
|
||
displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download,
|
||
the success status is shown (see image *B*, below). The _Apply_ button
|
||
should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the
|
||
_Subsurface_ *Dive List* panel.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Divelogs1.jpg["FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingCSVData]]
|
||
==== Importer des données au format CSV
|
||
|
||
A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
|
||
as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
|
||
circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
|
||
in a spreadsheet). The _CSV_ format is a universal simplified format that
|
||
allows easy information exchange between different computers or software
|
||
packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see xref:S_CSV_Intro[A
|
||
Diver's Introduction To CSV Files]. _Subsurface_ dive logs can also be
|
||
exported in _CSV_ format to other software that reads this format. See
|
||
xref:S_Appendix_D[APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format] for
|
||
information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
|
||
_Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingCSVDives]]
|
||
===== Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d'autres logiciels de carnet de plongée
|
||
|
||
_CSV_ files can be viewed using an ordinary text editor. A _CSV_ file is
|
||
normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or _field
|
||
names_ or _column headings_) of the data columns, followed by the data, one
|
||
record per line.
|
||
|
||
Il y a deux types de carnets de plongée au format _CSV_ pouvant être
|
||
importées dans _Subsurface_:
|
||
|
||
1. _CSV dive details_: This dive log format contains similar information to
|
||
that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
|
||
dive duration, names of buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder
|
||
pressures before and after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All
|
||
the data for a single dive go on a single line of text, following the order
|
||
of the column headings.
|
||
|
||
2. _CSV dive profile_: This dive log format includes much more information
|
||
about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
|
||
intervals, indicating depth, water temperature, and cylinder pressure at
|
||
that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a single instant
|
||
in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the previous instant. Many
|
||
lines are required to complete the depth profile information for a single
|
||
dive. This is a common export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR)
|
||
dive equipment and many software packages that handle dive computer data
|
||
and/or dive logs.
|
||
|
||
Before being able to import the _CSV_ data to _Subsurface_ *you need to know
|
||
a few things about the data being imported*:
|
||
|
||
a. Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
|
||
data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
|
||
TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
|
||
editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
|
||
semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
|
||
not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
|
||
TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
|
||
|
||
b. Which data columns need to be imported into _Subsurface_? Is it a _CSV dive
|
||
details_ file or a _CSV dive profile_ file? Open the file using a text
|
||
editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
|
||
positions.
|
||
|
||
c. Les données numériques (p. ex. la profondeur de plongée) sont-elles en
|
||
système métrique ou mesures impériales?
|
||
|
||
With this information, importing the data into _Subsurface_ is
|
||
straightforward. Select _Import -> Import Log Files_ from the main menu. In
|
||
the resulting file selection menu, select _CSV files_ (towards the bottom
|
||
right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
|
||
that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:
|
||
|
||
image::images/csv_import1_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured
|
||
settings for common dive computers and software packages.
|
||
If the _CSV_ file being imported originated from any of
|
||
these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the _Manual Import_
|
||
option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate
|
||
field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the _CSV_ file,
|
||
the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system
|
||
(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for
|
||
successful data import.
|
||
|
||
Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate
|
||
column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column
|
||
headings found in the _CSV_ data file. The blue row of balloons immediately
|
||
above these contains the names understood by _Subsurface_. These balloons
|
||
can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance, _Subsurface_
|
||
expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If the
|
||
column heading that _Subsurface_ expects is not in the blue row, drag the
|
||
appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue
|
||
cell at the top of the table. For example, to indicate the correct column
|
||
for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the
|
||
blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ", depicted in the
|
||
image below.
|
||
|
||
image::images/csv_import2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of
|
||
cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue.
|
||
When finished, select the _OK_ button on the bottom right of the dialogue.
|
||
The data from the _CSV_ file are imported and shown in the *Dive List*
|
||
panel.
|
||
|
||
[[S_CSV_Intro]]
|
||
****
|
||
*Introduction aux fichiers _CSV_ pour la plongée*
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
|
||
_CSV_ is an abbreviation for a data file format: _Comma-Separated
|
||
Values_. It is a file format that allows you to view or edit information
|
||
using a text editor like Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler
|
||
(OS/X). There are two main advantages of the _CSV_ format. First, the data
|
||
are easily editable as text without any proprietary software. Second, all
|
||
information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or proprietary
|
||
attributes that proprietary software inserts into files. Because of its
|
||
simplicity the _CSV_ format is used as an interchange format between many
|
||
software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database
|
||
and diving software. Within _Subsurface_, _CSV_ files can also be used to
|
||
import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and
|
||
some dive computers.
|
||
|
||
The most important attribute of a _CSV_ file is the _field separator_, the
|
||
character used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator
|
||
is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
|
||
exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
|
||
specified in order to create the _CSV_ file. _CSV_ files are normally
|
||
organized into a single line that provides the headers (or _field names_) of
|
||
the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
|
||
field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
|
||
_Dive site_, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
|
||
using a comma as a field separator:
|
||
|
||
Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
|
||
Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
|
||
Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
|
||
Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
|
||
Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo
|
||
|
||
Les données ci-dessus ne sont pas aisément lisible pour un être
|
||
humain. Voici les mêmes informations dans un format séparé par des
|
||
tabulations :
|
||
|
||
Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
|
||
Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
|
||
Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
|
||
Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
|
||
Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo
|
||
|
||
It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
|
||
comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that you cannot see the TAB
|
||
characters. For instance, the space between _Dive_ and _date_ in the top
|
||
line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
|
||
character: the tabs are before and after _Dive date_). If the field names in
|
||
the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
|
||
be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
|
||
example of a _CSV_ dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
|
||
computer:
|
||
|
||
Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO~2~ - Setpoint (Bar) pO~2~ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
|
||
0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
|
||
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
|
||
0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
|
||
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
|
||
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
|
||
10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
|
||
20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
|
||
30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
|
||
40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5
|
||
|
||
When a _CSV_ file is selected for import, _Subsurface_ displays the column
|
||
headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the _CSV_
|
||
file, making it much easier to work with _CSV_ files. _CSV_ files can be
|
||
used in many contexts for importing data into a _Subsurface_ dive log.
|
||
Knowing a few basic things about the content of the _CSV_ file helps with a
|
||
smooth import of the dives into _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
****
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
But, the _CSV_ import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters
|
||
like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as
|
||
part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use UTF-8
|
||
character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the _CSV_
|
||
file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (_CSV dive
|
||
details_) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser
|
||
used. When encountering problems with _CSV_ imports, first try with a
|
||
smaller file to make sure everything works.
|
||
|
||
=== Importation des coordonnées de plongée depuis un appareil mobile avec GPS.
|
||
|
||
Un smartphone avec GPS peut être utilisé pour stocker les lieux de
|
||
plongées. Ceci est réalisé comme suit:
|
||
|
||
Taking the mobile device along on the dive boat / liveabord while
|
||
automatically collecting dive site coordinate information.
|
||
|
||
2) Uploading the coordinates from the mobile device to the _Subsurface_
|
||
Internet server.
|
||
|
||
Syncronising the dives in the _Subsurface_ dive list with the coordinates
|
||
stored on the _Subsurface_ Internet server.
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ comporte deux outils pour réaliser cela :
|
||
|
||
- L'application _Subsurface Companion_ (Android et iOS).
|
||
|
||
- L'application _Subsurface-mobile_ (Android et iOS)
|
||
|
||
Both of these applications perform the collection of dive site coordinates
|
||
and the synchronisation with dives in the _Subsurface_ dive list. However,
|
||
the Companion App is not being further developed and has largely been
|
||
replaced by the _Subsurface-mobile_ app. While the _Companion app_ serves
|
||
exclusively to collect dive site coordinates and to make these available to
|
||
the _Subsurface_ desktop version, _Subsurface-mobile_ performs many of the
|
||
functions of the desktop version, including the management and viewing of
|
||
dive information. Below, we describe how to perform the above three steps
|
||
using each of the two mobile apps.
|
||
|
||
Pour plus d'information sur l'utilisation de l'application _Subsurface
|
||
Companion_, cliquez xref:S_Companion[_ici_].
|
||
|
||
==== Storing and and using GPS locations using _Subsurface-mobile_
|
||
|
||
===== Install _Subsurface-mobile_
|
||
|
||
Find _Subsurface-mobile_ on Google Play and install it on an Android
|
||
device. The app is free. The iOS version is currently
|
||
experimental. _Subsurface-mobile_ has an extensive
|
||
https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual[user
|
||
manual] accessible from within that app.
|
||
|
||
===== Create a _Subsurface-mobile_ account
|
||
|
||
This topic is discussed at length in the _Subsurface-mobile_ user manual. In
|
||
the Credentials screen of _Subsurface-mobile_ provide an e-mail address and
|
||
a user password that enables subsequent access. A PIN number is e-mailed
|
||
from the _Subsurface_ Internet server to the e-mail address that has been
|
||
provided. Type the PIN into the appropriate text field in the Credentials
|
||
screen (see image below). The _Subsurface_ Internet server notifies the
|
||
user that a new user has been registered.
|
||
|
||
*N.B.:* To successfully create a user account, the mobile device must have Internet connectivity,
|
||
either through the cellular network or via wifi.
|
||
|
||
image::images/MobileCredentials.jpg["FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile, credentials screen", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
===== Configure auto-collecting of GPS coordinates
|
||
|
||
Activate the main menu of _Subsurface-mobile_ by selecting the "hamburger"
|
||
menu button at the bottom left of the _Subsurface-mobile_ screen (see image
|
||
above), then select _GPS_ -> _Preferences_ (see image below). The collection
|
||
of GPS locations is done in the background and automatically, using two
|
||
settings:
|
||
|
||
- _Time threshold._ (minutes). The app will try to get a location every X
|
||
minutes
|
||
|
||
- _Distance threshold._ (meters). Minimum distance between two locations.
|
||
|
||
*How are GPS coordinates collected?* Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
|
||
meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
|
||
location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes *or* every time you move 50 m
|
||
from previous location, whichever happens first.
|
||
If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
|
||
a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is
|
||
saved, at least until the _Time-threshold_ period has elapsed.
|
||
If the diver moves, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every 50 meters.
|
||
|
||
===== Activate the automated recording of GPS locations
|
||
|
||
The _Subsurface-mobile_ GPS menu has an option at the bottom labled _Run
|
||
location service_ (see image below). Selecting this starts the automated
|
||
recording of GPS positions.
|
||
|
||
image::images/MobileGpsMenu.jpg["FIGURE: Subsurface-mobile GPS menu", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
===== After the dive, stop the automated recording of GPS locations
|
||
|
||
Select the menu option _Disable location service_ at the bottom of the
|
||
_Subsurface-mobile_ GPS menu.
|
||
|
||
===== Upload the GPS locations onto the _Subsurface_ Internet server.
|
||
|
||
*N.B.:* Uploading the GPS locations to the Internet can only take place if the mobile
|
||
device has reliable access to the Internet, either via a cellular network or
|
||
via a wifi connection. If the Internet is not accessible from the dive site(s),
|
||
then GPS uploading can only take place after the dive or after the dive trip,
|
||
when an Internet connection has been re-established.
|
||
|
||
From the _Subsurface-mobile_ main menu, select _GPS_ -> _Upload GPS
|
||
data_. The locations are uploaded.
|
||
|
||
===== Apply the stored GPS locations to dives on the _Subsurface_ dive list.
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ collects the first GPS location recorded after the start of a
|
||
dive (obtained within _Subsurface_ from either the dive computer or from the
|
||
manually-entered dive information) and before the end of a dive. These
|
||
coordinates are shown in the _Coordinates_ field of the dive site panel for
|
||
each dive. Within the dive site panel, provide a name for the coordinates
|
||
that have been assigned to the dive, following the instructions under the
|
||
heading above xref:S_locations[_Location_ management].
|
||
|
||
The
|
||
https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual[user
|
||
manual for _Subsurface-mobile_] (accessible from within that app) contains
|
||
detailed instructions for performing the collection of GPS data and for
|
||
managing, uploading and synchronising this information.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_Companion]]
|
||
==== Importing GPS coordinates with the _Subsurface Companion App_ for mobile phones
|
||
|
||
Using the *Subsurface Companion App* on an _Android device_ or
|
||
xref:S_iphone[_iPhone_] with GPS, the coordinates
|
||
for the diving
|
||
location can be automatically passed to the _Subsurface_ dive log. The Companion App
|
||
stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. _Subsurface_ can collect
|
||
the locations from the server.
|
||
To do this:
|
||
|
||
===== Create a Companion App account
|
||
|
||
- Register on the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web
|
||
page_]. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal *DIVERID*
|
||
will be sent, a long number enabling access to the file server and Companion
|
||
App capabilities.
|
||
|
||
- Download the app from
|
||
https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface[Google Play
|
||
Store] or from
|
||
https://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface[F-Droid].
|
||
|
||
===== Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone
|
||
|
||
On first use the app has three options:
|
||
|
||
* _Create a new account._ Equivalent to registering in the _Subsurface_
|
||
companion page using an Internet browser. You can request a *DIVERID* using
|
||
this option, but it’s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
|
||
the http://api.hohndel.org/login/[_Subsurface companion web page_] to
|
||
activate the account.
|
||
|
||
* _Retrieve an account._ If you forget your *DIVERID* you will receive an
|
||
email to recover the ID string.
|
||
|
||
* _Use an existing account._ You are prompted for your *DIVERID*. The app
|
||
saves this *DIVERID* and doesn’t ask for it again unless you use the
|
||
_Disconnect_ menu option (see below).
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
In the _Subsurface_ main program, the *DIVERID* should also be entered on
|
||
the Default Preferences panel, by selecting _File -> Preferences -> General_
|
||
from the main menu in _Subsurface_ itself. This helps synchronization
|
||
between _Subsurface_ and the Companion App.
|
||
|
||
*Créer de nouveaux emplacements de plongée*
|
||
|
||
Now you are ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
|
||
Android display looks like the left hand image (*A*) below, but without any
|
||
dives.
|
||
|
||
Touch the + icon at the top right to add a new dive site. A menu with 3
|
||
options shows:
|
||
|
||
* Current: A prompt for a place name is shown (or a request to activate the
|
||
GPS if it is turned off), after which the current location is saved.
|
||
|
||
* Use Map: This option allows you to fix a position by searching a world
|
||
map. A world map is shown (see *B* below). Specify the desired position with
|
||
a _long press_ on the touch sensitive screen (if the marked location is
|
||
wrong, simply choose a new location) and select the check symbol in the
|
||
upper right. A dialog is shown allowing you to enter the name of the dive
|
||
location and the date and time of the dive (see *C* below). In order to
|
||
import this dive location in _Subsurface_, set the time to agree with the
|
||
time of that dive on the dive computer.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Companion_5.jpg["FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
* Import local GPX file: The Android device searches for .gpx files and
|
||
located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and its
|
||
locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, and select the check
|
||
symbol in the upper right to add them.
|
||
|
||
|
||
*Liste des emplacements de plongée*
|
||
|
||
The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
|
||
time (see *A* below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
|
||
selection box to the left showing they need to be uploaded to the
|
||
server. You can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
|
||
location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
|
||
(like _Delete_ or _Send_) are performed on several selected locations.
|
||
|
||
Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
|
||
or a map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by
|
||
selecting _Dives_ at the top left of the screen (see *A* below) and then
|
||
selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the
|
||
list of locations or from the map (see *B* below). Upon selecting a location
|
||
(on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see *C* below) where
|
||
the dive description or other details may be changed.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Companion_4.jpg["FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
Upon selecting a dive (*not* selecting the check box), the name given to it,
|
||
date/time and GPS coordinates are shown with two options at the top of the
|
||
screen:
|
||
|
||
- Edit (pencil): Change the name of the dive location.
|
||
|
||
Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. After editing and saving a
|
||
dive location (see *C* above), upload it to the web service, as explained
|
||
below.
|
||
|
||
*Uploading dive locations*
|
||
|
||
There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is
|
||
simply selecting the locations (See *A* below) and then touching the right
|
||
arrow at the top right of the screen.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should; it
|
||
deletes the selected dive location(s).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Companion_1.jpg["FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
|
||
be downloaded to a _Subsurface_ dive log (see below).
|
||
|
||
|
||
*Settings on the Companion App*
|
||
|
||
Selecting the _Settings_ menu option results in the right hand image above
|
||
(*B*).
|
||
|
||
_Server and account_
|
||
|
||
- _Web-service URL._ This is predefined (http://api.hohndel.org/)
|
||
|
||
- _User ID._ The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
|
||
easiest way to get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or
|
||
just type it in.
|
||
|
||
_Synchronisation_
|
||
|
||
- _Synchronize on startup_. If selected, dive locations in the Android device
|
||
and those on the web service synchronize each time the app is started.
|
||
|
||
- _Upload new dives._ If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
|
||
is automatically sent to the server.
|
||
|
||
_Background service_
|
||
|
||
Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service
|
||
running in the background, allowing a continuous collection of GPS
|
||
locations.
|
||
|
||
The settings below define the behavior of the service:
|
||
|
||
- _Min duration._ In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
|
||
minutes until stopped by the user.
|
||
|
||
- _Min distance._ In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
|
||
|
||
- _Name template._ The name the app will use when saving the locations.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"]
|
||
[TIP]
|
||
_How does the background service work?_ Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes
|
||
and 50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a
|
||
location at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes
|
||
*or* every time one moves 50 m from previous location. If subsequent
|
||
locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new
|
||
location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is
|
||
saved. If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a
|
||
location every 50 meters.
|
||
|
||
_Other_
|
||
|
||
_Mailing List._ The mail box for _Subsurface_. Users can send an email to
|
||
the Subsurface mailing list.
|
||
|
||
- _Subsurface website._ A link to the URL of Subsurface web
|
||
|
||
- _Version._ Displays the current version of the Companion App.
|
||
|
||
_Search_
|
||
|
||
Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.
|
||
|
||
_Start service_
|
||
|
||
Starts the _background service_ following the previously defined settings.
|
||
|
||
_Disconnect_
|
||
|
||
This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the
|
||
server. It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an
|
||
account can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the
|
||
users own ID. The _Disconnect_ option is useful if the Android device was
|
||
used to download the dive locations of another registered diver.
|
||
|
||
_Send all locations_
|
||
|
||
This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.
|
||
|
||
[[S_iphone]]
|
||
===== Using the Subsurface companion app on an _iPhone_ to record dive locations
|
||
|
||
The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained during
|
||
registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in" (see
|
||
left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location
|
||
information.
|
||
|
||
image::images/iphone.jpg["FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application", align="center", width=640]
|
||
|
||
Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
|
||
location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
|
||
continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, after import,
|
||
Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the times of
|
||
dives. The default mode for the _iphone_ is automatic. When adding a dive,
|
||
the location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the
|
||
bottom of the screen. After the dive, click on the red bar to end the
|
||
location service. While the location service is running you can only add
|
||
dives manually.
|
||
|
||
You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
|
||
list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
|
||
dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone to the web
|
||
service. There is no option to trigger upload manually.
|
||
|
||
|
||
*Downloading dive locations to the _Subsurface_ divelog*
|
||
|
||
Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
|
||
_Subsurface_ before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
|
||
download dialog can be reached via _Ctrl+G_ or from the _Subsurface_ Main
|
||
Menu _Import -> Import GPS data from Subsurface Service_, resulting in the
|
||
image on the left (*A*), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
|
||
blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the _Download_ button to start the
|
||
download process, after which the screen on the right (*B*) below appears:
|
||
|
||
image::images/DownloadGPS.jpg["FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Note that the _Apply_ button is now active: selecting it updates the
|
||
locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in _Subsurface_, i.e. it
|
||
applies the coordinates and names entered on the app to all the new dives
|
||
that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. The names of dive
|
||
locations entered within _Subsurface_ (i.e. before downloading the GPS
|
||
coordinates) have precedence over downloaded dive locations.
|
||
|
||
Since _Subsurface_ matches GPS locations from the mobile device and dive
|
||
information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
|
||
assignment of GPS data to dives depends on agreeing date-time information
|
||
between the two devices. Although _Subsurface_ has a wide range tolerance,
|
||
it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there is a large
|
||
difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android
|
||
device. This results in no updates.
|
||
|
||
Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
|
||
for this (e.g. time zones). _Subsurface_ may also be unable to decide which
|
||
is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
|
||
_background service_ there may be several locations that would be included
|
||
in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
|
||
subsequent dives as well). A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a
|
||
dive in the _Subsurface_ Dive List *before* downloading the GPS data and
|
||
then to change the date-time back again *after* downloading GPS data.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
CONSEILS:
|
||
|
||
- _Background service_ may fill the location list with unnecessary locations
|
||
that don’t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the
|
||
boat's route.
|
||
Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some
|
||
situations it
|
||
is better to clean up the list on the mobile device before sending the dive
|
||
points to the web server by simply deleting the inappropriate
|
||
locations. This might be necessary, for instance, to keep the location list
|
||
clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above).
|
||
- It may also be useful to give informative names to the locations sent to the
|
||
web server, or at least to use an informative name in the _Name Template_
|
||
setting while running the _background service_, especially on a dive trip
|
||
with many dives and dive locations.
|
||
|
||
[[S_LoadImage]]
|
||
=== Ajouter des photos aux plongées
|
||
|
||
Many (if not most) divers take photographs during a dive. _Subsurface_
|
||
allows the storage and display of photographs for each dive. Photos are
|
||
superimposed on the dive profile at the times during the dive when they were
|
||
taken. They can also be viewed from the dive profile.
|
||
|
||
==== Chargement des photos et synchronisation entre l'ordinateur de plongée et l'appareil photo
|
||
|
||
Right-click on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list, bringing up
|
||
the xref:S_DiveListContextMenu[Dive list context Menu]. Select the
|
||
appropriate option to import images either from file or from the
|
||
Internet. The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs
|
||
that need to be loaded into _Subsurface_ and click the _Open_ button.
|
||
|
||
image::images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Load images option", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
If photos are imported from the Internet, provide a URL pointing to a single
|
||
photograph. If the URL points to a directory, no images are imported:
|
||
photos from the Internet need to be imported one at a time. If photos are
|
||
loaded from the Internet, _Subsurface_ assumes there is an Internet
|
||
connection each time this photo is viewed within _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
Having selected the local folder or Internet image to be imported, the time
|
||
synchronization dialog appears (see image below). The time synchronization
|
||
is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive and the camera
|
||
used during that same dive. These two devices often differ by several
|
||
minutes. _Subsurface_ attempts to synchronize these two devices so that the
|
||
exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on the dive
|
||
profile.
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ synchronise l'appareil photo avec l'ordinateur de plongée de
|
||
trois façons:
|
||
|
||
- *Pro-actively*: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with
|
||
the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
|
||
- *Manually*: Writing down the exact camera time at the start of a dive allows using the
|
||
difference in time between the two devices. As long as the device
|
||
settings for time has not been changed in either device, the times of
|
||
both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day allows manually setting the time
|
||
difference in the _Time shift_ dialog (see image below). Towards the top of the dialog is a time
|
||
setting tool immediately under the heading _Shift times of image(s) by_, in the image below.
|
||
If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
|
||
tool to a value of 00:07 and select the _Earlier_ radio button.
|
||
This is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
|
||
7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
|
||
in that tool. Click the _OK_ button and synchronization is done.
|
||
|
||
image::images/LoadImage3b_f23.jpg["FIGURE: Synchronization dialog", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
- *By photograph*: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronization, requiring a
|
||
photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time. _Subsurface_ gets
|
||
the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within
|
||
each photo and compares this with the time visible on the photo. To do this, use the
|
||
bottom half of the _Time shift_ dialog. In this case the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
|
||
the horizontal bar called _Select image of dive computer showing time_. This brings up
|
||
a file browser for selecting the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
|
||
photograph using the file browser and click on _OK_. This photograph of the dive computer
|
||
appears in the bottom panel of the _Shift times_ dialog. Now _Subsurface_ knows exactly
|
||
when the photograph was taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
|
||
so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
|
||
date-time tool has been set, _Subsurface_ knows exactly what the time difference between
|
||
camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize the devices. The image below shows
|
||
a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
|
||
date-time.
|
||
|
||
image::images/LoadImage3c_f23.jpg["FIGURE: Synchronization dialog", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
|
||
dive, it is not placed on the dive profile (see the red warning in the image
|
||
above). However, If the appropriate checkbox is selected (see image above)
|
||
these images can still be placed on the _Photos_ tab of the *Notes* panel so
|
||
that all photos associated with a dive are visible, including photos taken
|
||
before or after the dive.
|
||
|
||
==== Visualiser les photos
|
||
|
||
Après avoir été chargées, les images apparaissent à deux endroits:
|
||
|
||
- the _Photos_ tab of the *Notes* panel (left part of image below).
|
||
- as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
|
||
reflecting the time each photograph was taken. To view the photos on the
|
||
dive profile, activate the _show-photos_ button in the tool bar to the left
|
||
of the dive profile:
|
||
|
||
image::images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png["FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button", align="left"]
|
||
|
||
This results in a profile display as in the image below:
|
||
|
||
image::images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Photos on dive profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Hover the mouse over any of the photo stubs. A thumbnail photo is shown of
|
||
the appropriate photo. See the image below:
|
||
|
||
image::images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg["FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
|
||
_Subsurface_ window, allowing a good view of the photographs (see the image
|
||
below). *Note* that the thumbnail has a small dustbin icon in the bottom
|
||
right hand corner (see image above). Selecting the dustbin removes the image
|
||
from the dive. Be careful when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be
|
||
deleted using the _Photos_ tab (see text below).
|
||
|
||
image::images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
==== L'onglet _Photos_
|
||
|
||
Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the _Photos_
|
||
tab of the _Notes_ panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
|
||
(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
|
||
accessed in the _Photos_ tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
|
||
accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile show
|
||
when during a dive a photo was taken. The size of the thumbnails in the
|
||
_Photos_ tab can be changed using the _Zoom level_ slider at the bottom of
|
||
the panel. Single-click a thumbnail in the _Photos_ panel to select a
|
||
photo. Double-click a thumbnail to view the full-sized image, overlaying the
|
||
_Subsurface_ window. Delete a photo from the _Photos_ panel by selecting it
|
||
(single-click) and then by pressing the _Del_ key on the keyboard. This
|
||
removes the photo BOTH from the _Photos_ tab as well as the dive profile.
|
||
|
||
==== Photos stockées sur un disque dur externe
|
||
Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a
|
||
drive can be mapped by the operating system (almost always the case) the
|
||
photos can be directly accessed by _Subsurface_. This eases the interaction
|
||
between _Subsurface_ and an external repository of photos. When associating
|
||
a dive profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of
|
||
selection and synchronization (see text above) is used. After the external
|
||
drive has been disconnected, _Subsurface_ cannot access these photos any
|
||
more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox icon to the
|
||
left of the _Dive Profile_), the program shows a small white dot where each
|
||
photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the _Photos_ tab shows
|
||
only the file names of the photos. If the external drive with the photos is
|
||
re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.
|
||
|
||
==== Trouver quelles plongées ont des photos associées.
|
||
Inspecting each individual dive in order to determine whether there are
|
||
associated photos can be time consuming. There is a rapid way of seeing
|
||
which dives have associated photos and which not: activate the _Photos_
|
||
checkbox in the dropdown list obtained by right-clicking on the header bar
|
||
of the *Divelist*. In the *Divelist*, all dives with associated photographs
|
||
have an icon indicating whether the photographs were taken during the dive,
|
||
just before/after the dive or both during and before/after the dive. More
|
||
information is provided in the section dealing with <<S_Divelist_columns,
|
||
photo icons on the *Divelist*>>.
|
||
|
||
[[S_FindMovedImages]]
|
||
==== Déplacer des photos entre dossiers, disques durs ou ordinateurs
|
||
|
||
After a photograph has been loaded into _Subsurface_ and associated with a specific dive,
|
||
_Subsurface_ saves the directory path where the photo lies as well as the file name of the photo,
|
||
in order to find it when the dive is opened again.
|
||
If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
|
||
machine, the path to the photo changes. Now, _Subsurface_ looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
|
||
cannot find them and cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
|
||
may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, _Subsurface_ has a mechanism to ease this inconvenience: automatic updates using fingerprints.
|
||
|
||
When a photo is loaded into _Subsurface_, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
|
||
other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
|
||
into _Subsurface_) to a different directory, disk or computer, _Subsurface_ can:
|
||
|
||
- look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
|
||
where photos have been moved to,
|
||
- calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
|
||
|
||
if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one calculated
|
||
when a photo was originally loaded into _Subsurface_ (even if the original
|
||
file name has changed), automatically update the directory information so
|
||
that _Subsurface_ can find the photo in the new moved directory.
|
||
|
||
This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: _File -> Find moved images_. This brings up a window within
|
||
which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
|
||
the _Scan_ button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
|
||
complete, after which _Subsurface_ will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[Image_fingerprint_upgrade]]
|
||
****
|
||
*Upgrading legacy photo collections without fingerprints*
|
||
[icon="images/icons/important.png"]
|
||
[IMPORTANT]
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it
|
||
can access. When manipulating images, ensure that all the images associated
|
||
with the dive log can be accessed by _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the
|
||
fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
|
||
|
||
- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the *Dive
|
||
Profile*.
|
||
|
||
- If you edit anything in the *Notes* panel and save the edits by selecting
|
||
_Apply changes_.
|
||
|
||
****
|
||
|
||
=== Logging special types of dives
|
||
|
||
This section gives examples of the versatility of _Subsurface_ as a dive
|
||
logging tool.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_MulticylinderDives]]
|
||
==== Multicylinder dives
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ easily handles dives involving more than one
|
||
cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver doesn’t have
|
||
enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver needs
|
||
more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of
|
||
the dive. For this reason multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical
|
||
divers who dive deep or long. As far as _Subsurface_ is concerned, there are
|
||
only two types of information that need to be provided:
|
||
|
||
- *Describe the cylinders used during the dive* This is performed in the *Equipment tab* of
|
||
the *Info* panel, as xref:cylinder_definitions[described above]. Enter the cylinders one by one,
|
||
specifying its size and pressure, as well as the gas composition within it.
|
||
|
||
- *Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:* This is information
|
||
tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
|
||
by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
|
||
record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate or by creating a bookmark on the dive
|
||
computer.
|
||
|
||
- *Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile*: If the latter option
|
||
was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
|
||
in time on the *Dive Profile* panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
|
||
right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
|
||
those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
|
||
*gas bar* button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
|
||
gas bar (image below).
|
||
|
||
When this is complete, _Subsurface_ indicates the appropriate use of
|
||
cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a two-cylinder dive, starting off
|
||
with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes for
|
||
decompression.
|
||
|
||
image::images/multicylinder_dive.jpg["FIGURE: Multicylinder profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Several dive computers perform automatic recording of cylinder pressure. In
|
||
this case no manual intervention is needed. Older dive computers
|
||
(e.g. Uwatec Galileo, several Suunto models) handle more than one pressure
|
||
transducer on cylinders, switching from one sensor to another as the diver
|
||
switches among cylinders and providing a sequential record of cylinders
|
||
pressures during a dive. Some of the latest models (e.g. Shearwater Perdix
|
||
AI, Scubapro G2) record two or more pressure transducers concurrently and
|
||
continuously during the whole dive. In these cases _Suburface correctly
|
||
interprets the data. There is continuous effort within the _Subsurface_
|
||
development team to add new dive computer models to those that can be
|
||
downloaded from and to represent cylinder pressures correctly. Regardless of
|
||
the type of sensor handling of dive computers, technical divers are likely
|
||
to use both automated and manual methods of cylinder pressure logging when
|
||
more than two gases are used. However, automated recording of cylinder
|
||
pressure simplifies logging of sidemount dives (where two cylinders are
|
||
used). See the
|
||
link:https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/[list
|
||
of supported dive computers].
|
||
|
||
==== Plongées Sidemount
|
||
|
||
Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with
|
||
both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it’s a popular
|
||
configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be done by recreational
|
||
divers who have completed the appropriate training. See the comments in the
|
||
last paragraph, above, about automated recording of cylinder
|
||
pressures. Manual logging of cylinder pressures during sidemount involves
|
||
three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:
|
||
|
||
- *During the dive, record cylinder switch events*. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
|
||
cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, _Subsurface_ distinguishes between these different
|
||
cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different
|
||
_gases_ used, not among different _cylinders_ used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded
|
||
from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean
|
||
that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
|
||
has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
|
||
from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tedious part of logging sidemount dives.
|
||
- *Within _Subsurface_ describe the cylinders used during the dive*. The diver needs to provide the
|
||
specifications of the different cylinders, using the *Equipment* tab of the *Info Panel* (see
|
||
image below where two 12 litre cylinders were used).
|
||
- *Indicate cylinder change events on the _Subsurface_ dive profile*. Once the dive log has been imported
|
||
from a dive computer into _Subsurface_, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile.
|
||
Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then
|
||
selecting _Add gas change_. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
|
||
currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
|
||
to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive
|
||
profile with a cylinder symbol. If the *gas bar* is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
|
||
profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the gas bar (see image below). After all
|
||
the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
|
||
for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
|
||
|
||
image::images/sidemount1.jpg["FIGURE: Sidemount profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
[[S_sSCR_dives]]
|
||
==== Passive semi-closed circuit rebreather (pSCR) dives
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving
|
||
equipment that recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing
|
||
carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a
|
||
tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water, a small
|
||
amount of fresh gas is released from the driving gas cylinder. A diver
|
||
using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer
|
||
periods than using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR
|
||
equipment, a very small amount of breathing gas is released every time the
|
||
diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount
|
||
of breathing gas is released continuously from the driving cylinder.
|
||
|
||
To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps
|
||
outlined above:
|
||
|
||
- Select pSCR in the _Dive Mode_ dropdown list on the *Info* panel.
|
||
|
||
- pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
|
||
Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
|
||
cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
|
||
xref:S_MulticylinderDives[multicylinder dives].
|
||
|
||
If a pSCR _Dive Mode_ has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is
|
||
adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires
|
||
longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
|
||
EAN36 as bottom gas and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted
|
||
over two hours.
|
||
|
||
image::images/pSCR_profile.jpg["FIGURE: pSCR profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_CCR_dives]]
|
||
==== Plongées en recycleur circuit fermé (CCR)
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/APD.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Closed system rebreathers also recirculate gas that has been
|
||
breathed. However, they use advanced technology to maintain a breathable
|
||
oxygen concentration:
|
||
a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas.
|
||
regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The
|
||
CCR interface of _Subsurface_ is currently experimental and under active
|
||
development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD
|
||
Discovery/Evolution dive computers, as well as Shearwater dive computers
|
||
connected to CCR systems. In contrast to a conventional recreational dive
|
||
computer, a CCR system computer usually does not allow the download of a log
|
||
containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This
|
||
means that _Subsurface_ cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR dive
|
||
computer, but that it imports individual CCR dive profiles in the same way
|
||
it imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at a
|
||
time. However, the Shearwater based CCR systems are different in this
|
||
respect and allow multi-dive downloads.
|
||
|
||
===== Importer une plongée CCR
|
||
|
||
For Shearwater CCR controllers, or independent Shearwater CCR logs, just
|
||
download the dive log as would be the case for non-CCR dives. _Subsurface_
|
||
interprets the CCR dive log correctly. Except for Shearwater CCR dive
|
||
computers, CCR dive data are currently obtained from the proprietary
|
||
software provided when purchasing CCR dive equipment. See the section
|
||
dealing with xref:S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs[Importing dive information from
|
||
other digital sources] and
|
||
<<_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information,Appendix
|
||
B>> for more complete information. Use that software to download the dive
|
||
data into a known directory. From the main menu of _Subsurface_, select
|
||
_Import -> Import log files_ to bring up the xref:Unified_import[universal
|
||
import dialogue]. As explained in that section, the bottom right hand of the
|
||
import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labeled _Filter:_) of appropriate
|
||
devices that currently include (Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer
|
||
files. Import for other CCR equipment is under active development. Having
|
||
selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory where the original
|
||
dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer, select a particular
|
||
dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a file with a .txt
|
||
extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, click the _Open_
|
||
button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue. The
|
||
selected dive is imported to the _Subsurface_ dive list.
|
||
|
||
===== Displayed information for a CCR dive
|
||
|
||
_Partial pressures of gases_: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
|
||
information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
|
||
recreational equipment (where pO~2~ values are calculated based on gas
|
||
composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
|
||
pO~2~, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
|
||
partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
|
||
during the dive. The mean pO~2~ is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
|
||
given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by _Subsurface_ as
|
||
follows:
|
||
|
||
- For TWO O~2~ sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
|
||
|
||
- For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
|
||
differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
|
||
sensors are treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false
|
||
data, it is ignored.
|
||
|
||
- If no sensor data are available, the pO~2~ value is assumed to be equal to
|
||
the setpoint.
|
||
|
||
The mean pO~2~ of the sensors is indicated with a green line,
|
||
|
||
The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
|
||
oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
|
||
turned on by checking the appropriate boxes in the _Preferences_ panel
|
||
(accessible by selecting xref:S_CCR_options[_File -> Preferences ->
|
||
Profile_]). This part of the _Preferences_ panel is shown in the image
|
||
below, representing two checkboxes that modify the display of pO~2~ when the
|
||
appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile has been checked.
|
||
|
||
image::images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CCR preferences panel", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related
|
||
information whenever the pO~2~ toolbar button on the _Profile_ panel is
|
||
activated. The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint
|
||
information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen partial
|
||
pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen partial
|
||
pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.
|
||
|
||
image::images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CCR setpoint and pO~2~ graph", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
|
||
oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is color-coded
|
||
as follows:
|
||
|
||
- Sensor 1: grey
|
||
- Sensor 2: blue
|
||
- Sensor 3: brown
|
||
|
||
The mean oxygen pO~2~ is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
|
||
comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
|
||
abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.
|
||
|
||
image::images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg["FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
|
||
both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
|
||
if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.
|
||
|
||
_Events_: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
|
||
circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if you hover
|
||
over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
|
||
the xref:S_InfoBox[Information Box].
|
||
|
||
_Cylinder pressures_: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
|
||
the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
|
||
two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
|
||
addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
|
||
shown in the _Equipment Tab_. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
|
||
including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
|
||
cylinder pressure data. In this case there is agreement from the readings of
|
||
the two oxygen sensors.
|
||
|
||
image::images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg["FIGURE: CCR dive profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
_Equipment-specific information_: Equipment-specific information gathered by
|
||
_Subsurface_ is shown in the xref:S_ExtraDataTab[Extra data tab]. This may
|
||
include setup information or metadata about the dive.
|
||
|
||
The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
|
||
precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
|
||
the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
|
||
however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
|
||
the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
|
||
ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
|
||
dive profile:
|
||
|
||
image::images/icons/cceiling.jpg["DC ceiling icon"]
|
||
|
||
The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can
|
||
be set to red by checking the appropriate check box after selecting _File ->
|
||
Preferences -> Profile_. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive
|
||
computer-generated deco ceiling:
|
||
|
||
image::images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg["FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
|
||
Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
|
||
xref:_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information[Appendix
|
||
B].
|
||
|
||
== Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook
|
||
|
||
=== Utiliser la carte des plongées pour obtenir plus d'informations sur les plongées
|
||
|
||
The Dive Map has a number of buttons useful for manipulation several aspects
|
||
of a dive. These are:
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/MapViewMode.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Select this button to show the Dive Map as a satellite image or as a Google
|
||
Maps representation.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/MapViewPlus.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Zoom in. Select a smaller area of the map.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/MapViewMinus.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Zoom out. Select a larger area of the map.
|
||
|
||
image::images/MapMenu.jpg["FIGURE: Map menu", align="left"]
|
||
|
||
The "Hamburger" button on the top right-hand of the Dive Map activates the
|
||
Map menu. The items are:
|
||
|
||
* Open location in _Google Maps_. Open the location of the active dive in a
|
||
separate Google Maps window with the dive site indicated by a Google Maps
|
||
teardrop marker.
|
||
|
||
* Copy location to clipboard (decimal). Copy the coordinates of the active
|
||
dive to the clipboard in decimal degrees e.g. -25.933905 30.710572
|
||
|
||
* Copy location to clipboard (sexagesimal). Copy the coordinates of the active
|
||
dive to the clipboard in sexagecimal, e.g. 25°56'02.058"S 30°42'38.059"E
|
||
|
||
* Select visible dive locations. In the Dive List panel, highlight all the
|
||
dive sites visible in the Dive Map. This allows easy selection of the dives
|
||
within a particular geographical area to inspect them or to calculate
|
||
statistics for them.
|
||
|
||
=== L'onglet *Informations* (pour une seule plongée)
|
||
|
||
L'onglet Informations donnée des informations résumées sur une plongée
|
||
sélectionnée dans la *Liste des plongées*. Les informations utiles
|
||
comprennent l'intervalle de surface avant une plongée, les profondeurs
|
||
maximale et moyenne de la plongée, le volume de gaz consommé, la
|
||
consommation équivalente à l'air (SAC) et le nombre d'unités de toxicité de
|
||
l'oxygène (OTU) atteint.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/info.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Consommation de gaz et calculs de la SAC (consommation équivalente à l'air):
|
||
_Subsurface_ calcule la SAC et la consommation de gaz et tenant compte de
|
||
l'incompressibilité du gaz, en particuliter pour des blocs à des pressions
|
||
supérieures à 200 bar, les rendant plus précises. Référez-vous à
|
||
xref:SAC_CALCULATION[l'Annexe F] pour plus d'information.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ExtraDataTab]]
|
||
=== L'onglet *Extra info* (généralement pour des plongées séparées)
|
||
|
||
Lors de l'utilisation d'un ordinateur de plongée, celui-ci transmet souvent
|
||
des données qui ne peuvent pas être facilement standardisées parce que la
|
||
nature de ces informations diffère d'un ordinateur à l'autre. Ces données
|
||
conprennent souvent des informations de configuration, des métadonnées à
|
||
propos d'une plongée, le niveau de batterie, le temps d'interdiction de vol
|
||
(no fly) ou les gradient factor utilisés lors de la plongée. Quand cela est
|
||
possible, ces informations sont présentées dans l'onglet *Extra
|
||
Info*. Ci-dessous, vous trouverez une image affichant des données
|
||
supplémentaires pour une plongée utilisant un recycleur Poseidon.
|
||
|
||
image::images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Extra Data tab", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
=== L'onglet *Statistiques* (pour un groupe de plongées)
|
||
|
||
L'onglet Statistiques donne des statistiques résumées pour plusieurs
|
||
plongées, pour autant que plusieurs plongées soient sélectionnées dans la
|
||
*Liste des plongées* en utilisant les raccourcis standard Ctrl-clic ou
|
||
Maj-clic avec la souris. So une seule plongée est sélectionnée, les données
|
||
ne concernent que cette seule plongée. Cet onglet affiche le nombre de
|
||
plongées sélectionnées, la durée totale de ces plongées ainsi que les durées
|
||
minimale, maximale et moyenne parmi ces plongées, la température de l'eau et
|
||
la consommation équivalente à l'air (SAC). L'onglet affiche également la
|
||
plus petite et la plus grande profondeur atteinte pour ces plongées.
|
||
|
||
[[S_DiveProfile]]
|
||
=== Le *Profil de plongée*
|
||
|
||
image::images/Profile2.jpg["Typical dive profile", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Parmi toutes les panneaux de _Subsurface_, le profil de plongée contient les
|
||
informations les plus détaillées concernant chaque plongée. Le profil de
|
||
plongée possède une *barre de boutons* sur el côté gauche, permettant le
|
||
contrôle de nombreuses options d'affichage. Les fonctions de ces boutons
|
||
sont décrites ci-dessous. L'objet principal du profil de plongée est le
|
||
graphique de la profondeur de la plongée en fonction du temps. En plus de la
|
||
profondeur, ce graphique affiche également les vitesses de descente et de
|
||
remontée en comparaison avec la vitesse recommandée. Cette information est
|
||
donnée en utilisant différentes couleurs:
|
||
|====================
|
||
|*Couleur*|*Vitesse de descente (m/min)*|*Vitesse de remontée (m/min)*
|
||
|Rouge|> 30|> 18
|
||
|Orange|18 - 30|9 - 18
|
||
|Jaune|9 - 18|4 - 9
|
||
|Vert clair|1.5 - 9|1.5 - 4
|
||
|Vert foncé|< 1.5|< 1.5
|
||
|=====================
|
||
|
||
Le profil permet également une lecture de la profondeur via les sommets et
|
||
planchers sur le graphique. Ainsi les utilisateurs, peuvent voir la
|
||
profondeur du point le plus bas et d'autres sommets. La profondeur moyenne
|
||
est affichée sous la forme d'une ligne grise, indiquant la moyenne de
|
||
profondeur à un moment précis de la plongée.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/scale.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Dans certains cas, le profil de plongée ne remplit pas toute la zone du
|
||
panneau *Profil de plongée*. Cliquer sur le bouton *Ajuster l'échelle du
|
||
graphique* dans la barre d'outils sur la gauche du profil de plongée
|
||
augmente la taille du profil de plongée pour remplir la zone du panneau.
|
||
|
||
La *température de l'eau* est indiquée par une ligne bleue avec des valeurs de
|
||
température placées lors de changements significatifs.
|
||
|
||
[[S_InfoBox]]
|
||
==== La boîte *Information*
|
||
La boîte Information affiche un grand nombre d'informations concernant le
|
||
profil de plongée. Normalement, la boîte Information est située dans le coin
|
||
supérieur gauche du panneau *Profil de plongée*. Elle peut être déplacée
|
||
dans tout le panneau *Profil de plongée* en la cliquant-déplaçant avec la
|
||
souris à un endroit où elle ne masquera pas d'information importante. La
|
||
position de la boîte Information est enregistrée ré-utilisée pour les
|
||
analyses de plongée suivantes.
|
||
|
||
image::images/InfoBox2.jpg["Figure: Information Box", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
When the mouse points inside the *Dive Profile* panel, the information box
|
||
expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the
|
||
time point along the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand
|
||
part of figure (*B*) above where the Information Box reflects the situation
|
||
at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor
|
||
horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point along
|
||
the dive profile. It gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
|
||
characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
|
||
dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
|
||
ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
|
||
maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
|
||
depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD, also as gas density in
|
||
g/l), decompression requirements at that instant in time (Deco), time to
|
||
surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well as of the statistics in the
|
||
Information Box, shown as four buttons on the left of the profile
|
||
panel. These are:
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/MOD.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Affiche la *Profondeur maximale d'utilisation (MOD)* d'une plongée, en
|
||
fonction du mélange gazeux utilisé. La MOD dépend de la concentration en
|
||
oxygène du gaz respiré. Pour l'air (21% d'oxygène), il vaut envuron 57m si
|
||
une pO~2 maximale de 1.4 est choisie dans la section *Préférences*
|
||
(sélectionnez _Fichier -> Préférences -> Profil_ et éditez le champ _pO~2
|
||
dans le calcul de MOD_). En plongeant sous la MOD, il y a un risque
|
||
important d'exposition aux dangers liés à la toxicité de l'oxygène.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/NDL.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Show either the *No-deco Limit (NDL)* or the *Total Time to Surface
|
||
(TTS)*. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a dive,
|
||
given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is,
|
||
before an ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and
|
||
decompression is required (that is, there is an ascent ceiling above the
|
||
diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes required before the diver can
|
||
surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression time. Even if the
|
||
profile contains several gas switches, TTS at a specific moment during the
|
||
dive is calculated using the current gas. TTS longer than 2 hours is not
|
||
accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates _TTS > 2h_.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/SAC.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Show the *Surface Air Consumption (SAC)*, an indication of the
|
||
surface-normalized respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less
|
||
than the real respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at
|
||
a rate roughly double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives
|
||
an indication of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of
|
||
the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The
|
||
units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/EAD.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Show the *Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)* for nitrox dives as well as the
|
||
*Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)* for trimix dives. These are important to
|
||
divers breathing gases other than air. Their values are dependent on the
|
||
composition of the breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air
|
||
dive that has the same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of
|
||
the nitrox dive at hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression
|
||
obligation as an air dive to the depth equaling the EAD. The END is the
|
||
depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures
|
||
of the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A
|
||
trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air
|
||
diving at a depth equaling the END.
|
||
|
||
La figure (*B*) ci-dessous affiche une boîte d'information avec un ensemble
|
||
quasiment complet de données.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_gas_pressure_graph]]
|
||
===== The Gas Pressure Bar Graph
|
||
|
||
On the left of the *Information Box* is a vertical bar graph showing the
|
||
pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
|
||
applicable) that the diver was inhaling _at a particular instant during the
|
||
dive_, shown by the position of the cursor on the *Dive Profile*. The
|
||
drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
|
||
the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.
|
||
|
||
image::images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg["FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
- The light green area indicates the gas pressure, with the top margin of the
|
||
light green area showing the total gas pressure of ALL gases inhaled by the
|
||
diver and measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light
|
||
green area. This pressure has a _relative_ value in the graph and does not
|
||
indicate absolute pressure.
|
||
|
||
- The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
|
||
equilibrium pressure of the INERT gases inhaled by the diver, usually
|
||
nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
|
||
combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the equilibrium
|
||
inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to
|
||
the total gas pressure value.
|
||
|
||
- The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
|
||
inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
|
||
algorithm, with fast tissues on the left hand side.
|
||
|
||
- The top black horizontal line indicates the inert gas pressure limit
|
||
determined by the gradient factor that applies to the depth of the diver at
|
||
the particular point on the *Dive Profile*. The gradient factor shown is an
|
||
interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the _Profile_
|
||
tab of the *Preferences Panel* of _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
- The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
|
||
M-value. That is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
|
||
is expected to be severe, resulting in a significant risk of decompression
|
||
sickness.
|
||
|
||
These five values are shown on the left in the image above. The way the Gas
|
||
Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive can be seen on the right hand side
|
||
of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.
|
||
|
||
- Graph *A* indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The
|
||
pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the surface
|
||
equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
|
||
|
||
- Graph *B* indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
|
||
tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, so their gas
|
||
pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
|
||
|
||
- Graph *C* represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
|
||
compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the height of
|
||
the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
|
||
(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
|
||
slowly increasing in pressure.
|
||
|
||
- Graph *D* shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since
|
||
during ascent the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
|
||
bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
|
||
exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value
|
||
(i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
|
||
exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
|
||
|
||
- Graph *E* indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
|
||
minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
|
||
pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
|
||
the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
|
||
diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph *D*.
|
||
|
||
==== Événements rapportés par l'ordinateur durant la plongée
|
||
Many dive computers record events during a dive. For instance, most dive
|
||
computers report alarms relating to high partial pressures of oxygen, to
|
||
rapid ascents or the exceeding of no-deco limits (NDL). On the other hand,
|
||
other events are classified as warnings and, for instance, occur when the
|
||
remaining gas in a cylinder falls below a predetermined limit, a deep stop
|
||
needs to be performed or the need to change gas during multicylinder
|
||
dives. Some dive computers also report notifications, e.g. when a safety
|
||
stop is initiated or terminated or when a predetermined amount of OTUs have
|
||
been incurred. The alarms, warnings and notifications differs from one dive
|
||
computer to another: some dive computers do not report any of the above
|
||
events, while others provide an extensive log of events. The reporting of
|
||
events is therefore a function of the dive computer used. In addition,
|
||
_Subsurface_ does not always have the ability to detect all the events
|
||
reported by a specific dive computer.
|
||
|
||
Events are indicated by symbols on the dive profile. Notifications are shown
|
||
as a white, round symbol with a letter _i_; warnings are indicated by a
|
||
yellow triangle and alarms by a red triangle. By moving the cursor over a
|
||
symbol, the explanation is given in the bottom-most line of the _Information
|
||
Box_ (see image below, where the cursor is positioned over the alarm that
|
||
was reported).
|
||
|
||
image::images/profile_symbols.jpg["FIGURE: Profile notification symbols", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Some dive computers report _bookmarks_ that the diver has set during the
|
||
dive. These are indicated as a small red flag on the profile and are
|
||
discussed more fully in the section on <<S_Bookmarks,_inserting
|
||
bookmarks_>>.
|
||
|
||
==== La barre d'outils du profil
|
||
|
||
The dive profile can include graphs of the *partial pressures* of O~2~,
|
||
N~2~, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and
|
||
dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or
|
||
repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green,
|
||
nitrogen in black, and helium in dark red. These partial pressure graphs are
|
||
shown below the profile data.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/O2.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Affiche la pression partielle d'*oxygène* durant la plongée. Ceci est
|
||
affiché sous les graphiques de profondeur et de température de l'eau.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/N2.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Affiche la pression partielle d'*azote* durant la plongée.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/He.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Affiche la pression partielle d'*hélium* durant la plongée. Ceci n'est
|
||
important que pour les plongeurs qui utilisent du Trimix, du Triox
|
||
(Helitrox) ou d'autres mélanges gazeux similaires.
|
||
|
||
The *air consumption* graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
|
||
the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
|
||
manually entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight
|
||
line. Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure provides
|
||
information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
|
||
using an air integrated dive computer. Here the color coding is not
|
||
relative to some absolute values but relative to the mean normalized air
|
||
consumption during the dive. So areas in red or orange indicate times of
|
||
increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
|
||
the diver was using less gas than average.
|
||
|
||
When in planner mode, the SAC is set to be constant during the bottom part
|
||
of the dive as well during decompression. Therefore, when planning a dive,
|
||
the color is a representation of the breathing gas density.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/Heartbutton.png"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Cliquer sur le bouton Communter le rythme cardique permet d'afficher
|
||
l'information de rythme cardiaque pendant la plongée si l'ordinateur de
|
||
plongée est jumelé avec un détecteur de rythme cardique.
|
||
|
||
It is possible to *zoom* into the profile graph. This is done either by
|
||
using the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of the mouse or trackpad. By default
|
||
_Subsurface_ always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30
|
||
minutes and 30m (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily
|
||
recognizable; something free divers won’t care about.
|
||
|
||
image::images/MeasuringBar.png["FIGURE: Measuring Bar", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/ruler.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Measurements of *depth or time differences* can be achieved by using the
|
||
*ruler button* on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
|
||
done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that you
|
||
wish to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white area
|
||
underneath the two red dots.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Les photos qui ont été ajoutées à une plongée peuvent être affichées sur le
|
||
profil en sélectionnant le bouton *Communer l'affichage des images*. La
|
||
position d'une photo sur le profil indique le moment exact où la photo a été
|
||
prise. Si le bouton n'est pas actif, les photos sont masquées.
|
||
|
||
|
||
The profile can also include the dive computer reported *ceiling* (more
|
||
precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
|
||
particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
|
||
ceilings occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
|
||
diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
|
||
either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
|
||
the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
|
||
available for download; for example none of the Suunto dive computers make
|
||
these data available to divelog software. _Subsurface_ also calculates
|
||
ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive profile.
|
||
Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data available
|
||
(and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the calculation)
|
||
it’s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from _Subsurface_ are
|
||
the same, even if the same algorithm and _gradient factors_ (see below) are
|
||
used. It’s also quite common that _Subsurface_ calculates a ceiling for
|
||
non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode
|
||
during the whole dive (represented by the [green]#dark green# section in the
|
||
profile at the beginning of this section). This is because _Subsurface’s_
|
||
calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive,
|
||
while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During
|
||
the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed
|
||
off so even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the
|
||
dive still does not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive
|
||
computers offer longer non-stop bottom times.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/cceiling.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Si l'ordinateur de plongée calcule une palier et le rend disponible à
|
||
_Subsurface_ durant le chargement des plongées, il peut être affiché sous la
|
||
forme d'une zone rouge en cochant le bouton "Commuter le plafond rapporté
|
||
par l'ordinateur de plongée" dans le panneau Profil.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Si le bouton *Communter le plafond calculé* du panneau Profil est cliqué, un
|
||
plafond, calculé par _Subsurface_ est affiché en vert s'il existe pour une
|
||
plongée donnée (*A* dans l'image ci-dessous). Ceci peut être modifié de deux
|
||
façons:
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Si, en outre, le bouton *Commuter l'affichage de tous les tissus* est
|
||
cliqué, le plafond est affiché pour les compartiments de tissus selon le
|
||
modèle Bühlmann (*B* dans l'image ci-dessous).
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
===============================================================================================================
|
||
Si, en plus le bouton *Commuter le plafond calculé avec des incréments de
|
||
3m* est cliqué, le plafond est affiché avec des incréments de 3m (*C* dans
|
||
l'image ci-dessous).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Ceilings2.jpg["Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
|
||
depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
|
||
xref:GradientFactors_Ref[Gradient Factor Preference settings]. The currently
|
||
used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
|
||
the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. N.B.: The indicated gradient
|
||
factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, but those
|
||
used by Subsurface to calculate deco obligations during the dive. For more
|
||
information external to this manual see:
|
||
|
||
*** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]
|
||
|
||
*** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]
|
||
===============================================================================================================
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
|
||
represented as a colored bar at the bottom of the *Dive Profile*. In general
|
||
oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a red
|
||
bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red
|
||
and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder (yellow and green)
|
||
after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.
|
||
|
||
image::images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg["Figure: Cylinder use graph", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/heatmap.png"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
====================================================================================
|
||
Display the tissue heat-map. The heat map summarises, for the duration of
|
||
the dive, the inert gas tissue pressures for each of the 16 tissue
|
||
compartments of the Bühlmann model. Blue colors mean low gas pressures in a
|
||
tissue compartment and thus on-gassing, green to red means excess gas in the
|
||
tissue and thus off-gassing. Fast to slow tissues are indicated from top to
|
||
bottom. The figure below explains in greater detail how the heat map can be
|
||
interpreted.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Heatmap.jpg["Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Image *A* on the left shows the xref:S_gas_pressure_graph[Gas Pressure
|
||
Graph] in the *Information box*, representing a snapshot of inert gas
|
||
pressures at a particular point in time during the dive. The inert gas
|
||
pressures of 16 tissue compartments are shown as dark green vertical bars
|
||
with the quick tissue compartments on the left and the slow tissue
|
||
compartments on the right. Refer to the section on the
|
||
xref:S_gas_pressure_graph[Gas Pressure Graph] for more details on the
|
||
different elements of this graph.
|
||
|
||
Image *B* shows a gradient of unique colors, spanning the whole range of
|
||
inert gas pressures. It is possible to map the height of each of the dark
|
||
green vertical bars of *A* to a color in *B*. For instance, the fastest
|
||
(leftmost) dark green vertical bar in *A* has a height corresponding to the
|
||
medium green part of *B*. The height of this bar can therefore be summarised
|
||
using a medium green color. Similarly, the highest dark green bar in *A* is
|
||
as high as the yellow part of *B*. The 14 remaining tissue pressure bars in
|
||
*A* can also be translated to colors. The colors represent three ranges of
|
||
tissue inert gas pressure:
|
||
|
||
- The bottom range in *B* (marked _On-gassing_) includes colors from light
|
||
blue to black, representing tissue gas pressures below the equilibrium
|
||
pressure of inert gas (bottom horizontal line in *A*). The measurement unit
|
||
is the % of inert gas pressure, relative to the equilibrium inert gas
|
||
pressure. In this range on-gassing of inert gas takes place because the
|
||
inert gas pressure in the tissue compartment is lower than in the
|
||
surrounding environment. Black areas in the heat map indicate that a tissue
|
||
compartment has reached the equilibrium inert gas pressure, i.e. the inert
|
||
gas pressure in the tissue compartment equals that of the water in which the
|
||
diver is. The equilibrium pressure changes according to depth.
|
||
|
||
- The central range in *B* includes the colors from black to light green, when
|
||
the inert gas pressure of a tissue compartment is higher than the
|
||
equilibrium pressure but less than the ambient pressure. In this zone
|
||
decompression is not very efficient because the gradient of inert gas
|
||
pressure from tissue to the environment is relatively small and indicated by
|
||
dark green areas of the heat map.
|
||
|
||
- The top range in *B* (marked _Off-gassing_) includes colors from light green
|
||
to red and white, repesenting tissue gas pressures above that of the total
|
||
ambient pressure (top of light green area of *A*). The measurement unit is
|
||
the % of inert gas pressure above ambient pressure, relative to the Bühlmann
|
||
M-value gradient (bottom of red area in *A*). These tissue pressures are
|
||
normally reached while ascending to a shallower depth. Below a value of
|
||
100%, this range indicates efficient off-gassing of inert gas from the
|
||
tissue compartment into the environment. Usually, efficient off-gassing is
|
||
indicated by light green, yellow or orange colors. Above 100% (red to white
|
||
in *B*) the M-value gradient is exceeded and the probability of
|
||
decompression sickness increases markedly.
|
||
|
||
Image *C* shows the color mapping of each of the vertical bars in *A*, the
|
||
fast tissues (on the left in *A*) depicted at the top and the slow tissue
|
||
compartments at the bottom of *C*. The highest vertical bar in *A* (vertical
|
||
bar 3rd from the left) is presented as the yellow rectangle 3rd from the top
|
||
in *C*. The 16 vertical bars in *A* are now presented as a vertical column
|
||
of 16 colored rectangles, representing a snapshot of tissue compartment gas
|
||
pressures at a particular instant during the dive.
|
||
|
||
Image *D* is a compilation of similar color mappings of 16 tissue
|
||
compartments during a 10-minute period of a dive, the colors representing
|
||
the inert gas loading of a tissue compartment at a point in time during the
|
||
dive. Faster tissues are shown at the top and slower tissues at the bottom,
|
||
with time forming the horizontal axis of the graph. The column of rectangles
|
||
in *C* can be found on the horizontal axis between 9 and 10 minutes.
|
||
|
||
The colors of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor
|
||
settings. This is because the heat map indicates tissue pressures relative
|
||
to the Bühlmann M-value gradient, and not relative to any specific gradient
|
||
factor. For more information external to this manual see:
|
||
|
||
http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by
|
||
Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]
|
||
|
||
Since the colors of the heat map are not affected by the gradient factor(s),
|
||
the heat map is also applicable when using the VPM-B decompression model.
|
||
|
||
The image below compares the profiles and heat maps for two planned
|
||
decompression dives to 60m: the first using the Bühlmann decompression
|
||
model, the second using the VPM-B decompression model. Both profiles have
|
||
the same total decompression time, but the VPM-B model requires deeper stops
|
||
early in the acent phase.
|
||
|
||
In both profiles, the inert gas pressures in the faster tissues rise much
|
||
more rapidly than the slower tissues during the descent and bottom phase,
|
||
with the colors transitioning from light blue through blue and purple to
|
||
black. Similarly, the inert gas pressure in the fast tissues reduces more
|
||
rapidly than the slow tissues at each decompression stop, with colors
|
||
transitioning from red, orange and yellow to green and black.
|
||
|
||
The comparison of the two profiles and heatmaps shows that by including deep
|
||
stops, the oversaturation gradient in the faster tissues early in ascent
|
||
phase is reduced. However, on-gassing of slower tissues continues during
|
||
the deep stops, which leads to greater oversaturation gradient in slower
|
||
tissues at the end of the dive.
|
||
|
||
image::images/tissueHeatmap.jpg["Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure heat-map", align="center"]
|
||
===================================================================================
|
||
|
||
==== Le menu contextuel du Profil de plongée
|
||
|
||
The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
|
||
the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows creating
|
||
Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes other
|
||
than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive Computer. Markers
|
||
are placed against the depth profile line, with the time of the event
|
||
determined by the mouse cursor when the right mouse button was clicked to
|
||
bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve a selection of which gas is
|
||
being switched TO. The list of choices is based on the available gases
|
||
defined in the *Equipment* Tab. Setpoint change events open a dialog letting
|
||
you choose the next setpoint value. As in the planner, a setpoint value of
|
||
zero shows the diver is breathing from an open circuit system while any
|
||
non-zero value shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). By
|
||
right-clicking while over an existing marker a menu appears, adding options
|
||
to allow deletion of the marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be
|
||
hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by selecting Unhide all events
|
||
from the context menu.
|
||
|
||
== Organiser le carnet de plongée (manipuler des groupes de plongées)
|
||
|
||
[[S_DiveListContextMenu]]
|
||
=== Le menu contextuel de la Liste des plongées
|
||
|
||
Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be
|
||
performed using the Dive List Context Menu. It is found by selecting either
|
||
a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.
|
||
|
||
image::images/ContextMenu.jpg["Figure: Context Menu", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Le menu contextuel est utilisé pour de nombreuses fonctions décrites
|
||
ci-dessous.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Divelist_columns]]
|
||
==== Personnaliser les colonnes affichées dans le panneau *Liste des plongées*
|
||
|
||
image::images/DiveListOptions.jpg["Example: Dive list info options", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
The default information in the *Dive List* includes, for each dive,
|
||
Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
|
||
information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
|
||
bar of the *Dive List*, bringing up a list of columns that can be shown in
|
||
the dive list (see above). Check an items to be included in the *Dive
|
||
List*. The list is immediately updated. Preferences for information shown
|
||
in the *Dive List* are saved and used when _Subsurface_ is re-opened.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Photos_divelist]]
|
||
|
||
By selecting the _Photos_ checkbox in the dropdown list, an icon is shown
|
||
indicating whether any photos are associated with a particular dive. There
|
||
are three icons:
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/duringPhoto.png"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Cette plongée contient des photos prises durant la plongée, généralement
|
||
prises avec un appareil ou caméra submersible.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/outsidePhoto.png"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
This dive has photographs taken immediately before or immediately after the
|
||
dive. This is useful for finding photos of dive teams or boats just
|
||
before/after the dive, whales or other surface animals seen just before or
|
||
after the dive, or of landscapes as seen from the boat.
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/inAndOutPhoto.png"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Cette plongée contient à la fois des photos prises pendant la plongée, et
|
||
juste avant ou juste après la plongée.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Renumber]]
|
||
=== Renuméroter les plongées
|
||
|
||
Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
|
||
sequence numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering of
|
||
dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are
|
||
added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because of the
|
||
dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with an
|
||
older date/time. This requires renumbering the dives. Do this by selecting
|
||
(from the Main Menu) _Log -> Renumber_. Provide the lowest sequence number
|
||
to be used. This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for
|
||
all the dives in the *Dive List* panel.
|
||
|
||
Renumber a few selected dives in the dive list by selecting only the dives
|
||
that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive
|
||
List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting
|
||
the user specify the starting number for the process.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Group]]
|
||
=== Grouper des plongées en voyages et manipuler les voyages
|
||
|
||
For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. _Subsurface_
|
||
can group dives into _trips_. It does this by grouping dives that have
|
||
date/times not separated by more than two days and creating a single heading
|
||
for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an ungrouped dive
|
||
list (*A*, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive list of
|
||
five dive trips (*B*, on the right):
|
||
|
||
image::images/Group2.jpg["Figure: Grouping dives", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
|
||
having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list,
|
||
(from the Main Menu) select _Log -> Auto group_. The *Dive List* panel now
|
||
shows only the titles for the trips.
|
||
|
||
==== Éditer le titre et l'information associée à un voyage déterminé
|
||
|
||
Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
|
||
title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
|
||
title bar from the *Dive List*. This shows a *Trip Notes* tab in the *Notes*
|
||
panel. Here you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
|
||
location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
|
||
dive company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions
|
||
during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, select *Save* from
|
||
the buttons at the top right of the *Trip Notes* tab. The trip title in the
|
||
*Dive List* panel should now reflect the edited information.
|
||
|
||
==== Visualiser les plongées d'un voyage déterminé
|
||
|
||
Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more
|
||
trips by clicking the expansion button [+/-] on the left of each trip
|
||
title. This expands the selected trip, revealing individual dives during the
|
||
trip.
|
||
|
||
==== Fusionner des plongées venant des voyages différents en un seul voyage
|
||
|
||
After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
|
||
by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
|
||
above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)
|
||
|
||
==== Diviser un voyage en plusieurs voyages
|
||
If a trip includes, for example, ten dives, you can split this trip into two
|
||
trips (trip 1: top four dives; trip 2: bottom six dives) by selecting and
|
||
right-clicking the top four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user
|
||
create a new trip by choosing the option *Create new trip above*. The top
|
||
four dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The figures below show the
|
||
selection and context menu on the left (A) and the completed action on the
|
||
right (B):
|
||
|
||
image::images/SplitDive3a.jpg["FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
=== Manipuler des plongées uniques
|
||
|
||
==== Effacer une plongée du carnet de plongée
|
||
|
||
Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
|
||
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting *Delete
|
||
dive(s)*. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
|
||
workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
|
||
duration.
|
||
|
||
==== Unlink a dive from a trip
|
||
|
||
You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this, select
|
||
and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select
|
||
the option *Remove dive(s) from trip*. The dive(s) now appear immediately
|
||
above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending on the date and
|
||
time of the unlinked dive.
|
||
|
||
==== Add a dive to the trip immediately above
|
||
|
||
Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
|
||
within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
|
||
bring up the context menu, and then select *Create new trip above*.
|
||
|
||
==== Décaler l'heure de début d'une ou plusieurs plongées
|
||
Sometimes it’s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
|
||
to situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive
|
||
computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
|
||
be adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the *Shift times*
|
||
option should be selected. You must then specify the time (in hours and
|
||
minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the option of
|
||
whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.
|
||
|
||
==== Fusionner plusieurs plongées en une seule
|
||
|
||
Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to
|
||
the surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded
|
||
by the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the *Dive List*
|
||
panel. Merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate
|
||
dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting
|
||
*Merge selected dives*. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in
|
||
the *Notes* panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged
|
||
dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives that were
|
||
merged:
|
||
|
||
image::images/MergedDive.png["Example: Merged dive", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
==== Diviser les plongées sélectionnées
|
||
|
||
On some occasions, a diver reaches the surface and immediately dives
|
||
again. However, it may happen that the dive computer does not register a new
|
||
dive, but continues the previous dive due to the brief surface interval. In
|
||
this case it is possible to split a dive so that the two dives are shown as
|
||
independent dives on the *Dive List*. If this operation is performed,
|
||
_Subsurface_ scans the selected dive(s) and splits the dive at points during
|
||
the dive where the depth is less than a metre.
|
||
|
||
==== Load image(s) from file(s)
|
||
This topic is discussed in the section: xref:S_LoadImage[Adding photographs
|
||
to dives].
|
||
|
||
==== Load image from web
|
||
This topic is discussed in the section: xref:S_LoadImage[Adding photographs
|
||
to dives].
|
||
|
||
==== Annuler les manipuations sur les plongées
|
||
|
||
Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
|
||
redone. This includes: _delete dives_, _merge dives_, _split selected
|
||
dives_, _renumber dives_ and _shift dive times_. To do this after
|
||
performing any of these actions, from the *Main Menu* select _Edit_. This
|
||
brings up the possibility to _Undo_ or _Redo_ an action.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_Filter]]
|
||
=== Filtrer la liste des plongées
|
||
|
||
The dives in the *Dive List* panel can be filtered, selecting only some of
|
||
the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, divemaster,
|
||
buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep
|
||
dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a
|
||
particular buddy.
|
||
|
||
To open the filter, select _Log -> Filter divelist_ from the main menu. This
|
||
opens the _Filter Panel_ at the top of the _Subsurface_ window. Three icons
|
||
are located at the top right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The
|
||
_Filter Panel_ can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting
|
||
the *yellow angled arrow*. The _Filter Panel_ may also be minimized by
|
||
selecting the *green up-arrow*. When minimized, only these three icons are
|
||
shown. The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized
|
||
it. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button*
|
||
with the white cross.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Filterpanel.jpg["Figure: Filter panel", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
|
||
(buddy / divemaster), dive site and dive suit. Each of these is represented
|
||
by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
|
||
filter tool, allowing the listing of only some attributes within that check
|
||
list. For instance, typing "_ca_" in the filter text box above the tags
|
||
check list, results in the list being reduced to "_cave_" and
|
||
"_cavern_". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find search terms for
|
||
filtering the dive list.
|
||
|
||
To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one
|
||
of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
|
||
dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
|
||
check lists work as a filter with _AND_ operators. Subsurface filters
|
||
therefore for _cave_ as a tag AND _Joe Smith_ as a buddy. But the filters
|
||
within a category are inclusive - filtering for _cave_ and _boat_ shows
|
||
those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ExportLog]]
|
||
== Export le carnet de plongée ou des parties de celui-ci
|
||
|
||
Il y a deux façons d'exporter des informations de plongée depuis Subsurface:
|
||
|
||
- Exporter les informations de plongée vers _Facebook_
|
||
|
||
- xref:S_Export_other[Exporter des informations de plongée vers d'autres
|
||
destinations ou formats]
|
||
|
||
[[S_Facebook]]
|
||
=== Export des informations de plongée vers _Facebook_
|
||
|
||
L'export des plongées vers _Facebook_ est géré différemment des autres types
|
||
d'export car une connexion vers _Facebook_ est nécessaire, nécessitant un
|
||
identifiant et un mot de passe. À partir du menu principal, sélectionnez
|
||
_Partager sur -> Connecter à -> Facebook_ (image *A* ci-dessous). Un écran
|
||
de connexion s'affiche (image *B* ci dessous). Entrez l'identifiant et le
|
||
mot de passe _Facebook_. Depuis la fenêtre _Subsurface_, il est facile de
|
||
vérifier si _Subsurface_ a une connection valide vers _Facebook_ : Depuis le
|
||
"Menu principal", sélectionnez _Partager sur_ (image *A*
|
||
ci-dessous). Normalement, l'option _Facebook_ est grisée. Mais si une
|
||
connection vers _Facebook_ existe, cette option est active (c'est à dire
|
||
écrit en noir et sélectionnable).
|
||
|
||
Once logged into to _Facebook_ , a panel is shown with a message: "_To
|
||
disconnect Subsurface from your Facebook account, use the 'Share on' menu
|
||
entry_." Close this message panel.
|
||
|
||
image::images/facebook1.jpg["Figure: Facebook login", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Une fois qu'une connexion à _Facebook_ est établie, transférer un profil de
|
||
plongée vers _Facebook_ est facile. Dans le panneau *Liste des plongées* de
|
||
_Subsurface_, sélectionnez la plongée à transférer. Ensuite, à partir du
|
||
*menu principal*, sélectionnez _Partager sur -> Facebook_. Une fenêtre
|
||
s'affiche, pour déterminer quelles informations seront transférées avec le
|
||
profil de plongée (image *A* ci-dessous). Pour transférer un profil de
|
||
plongée vers _Facebook_, le nom d'un album _Facebook_ doit être fourni. Les
|
||
cases à cocher sur la partie gauche permettent de sélectionner des
|
||
informations supplémentaires à transférer avec le profil de plongée. Ces
|
||
informations sont affichées dans le champs de texte sur la partie droite du
|
||
panneau. (image *A* ci dessous). Personnalisez le message qui sera envoyé
|
||
avec le profil de plongée en modifiant les informations. Une fois les
|
||
informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées, sélectionner le bouton
|
||
_OK_ qui effectue le transfert vers _Facebook_. Après le transfert, une
|
||
fenêtre de confirmation apparait ,indiquant le succès du transfert.
|
||
|
||
À la fois l'album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
|
||
marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent la voir, connectez-vous à
|
||
_Facebook_ depuis un navigateur ou l'application Facebook et modifiez les
|
||
permissions.
|
||
|
||
image::images/facebook2.jpg["Figure: Facebook data submission", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
If required, then close the _Facebook_ connection by selecting, from the
|
||
*Main Menu*, _Share on -> Disconnect from -> Facebook_ (image *B* above).
|
||
|
||
[[S_Export_other]]
|
||
=== Exporter des informations de plongée vers d'autres destinations ou formats
|
||
For non-_Facebook exports_, the export function can be found by selecting
|
||
_File -> Export_, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
|
||
gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in *Dive
|
||
List* panel of _Subsurface_. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
|
||
below).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Export_f20.jpg["Figure: Export dialog", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Un carnet de plongée ou une partie de celui-ci peut être enregistré dans
|
||
différents formats:
|
||
|
||
* Format _Subsurface XML_. C'est le format utilisé nativement par
|
||
_Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
* Universal Dive Data Format (_UDDF_). Refer to _http://uddf.org_ for more
|
||
information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
|
||
dive computers and computer programs.
|
||
|
||
* _Divelogs.de_, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
|
||
_Divelogs.de_, you need a user-ID as well as a password for
|
||
_Divelogs.de_. Log into _http://en.divelogs.de_ and subscribe to this
|
||
service to upload dive log data from _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
* _DiveShare_ is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on
|
||
recreational dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration
|
||
with _http://scubadiveshare.com_ is required.
|
||
|
||
* _CSV dive details_, that includes the most critical information of the dive
|
||
profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
|
||
duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
|
||
that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
|
||
|
||
* _CSV dive profile_, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
|
||
including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
|
||
dive.
|
||
|
||
* _HTML_ format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
|
||
an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
|
||
must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
|
||
most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
|
||
the calculated values in the *Dive Profile* panel, e.g. dive ceiling,
|
||
calculated cylinder pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export
|
||
contains a search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on
|
||
the second tab of the Export dialog (image *B* above). A typical use of this
|
||
option is to export all your dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it
|
||
would serve as a portable record of dives, useful for dive companies wishing
|
||
to verify the dive history of a diver, and doing away with the need to carry
|
||
an original logbook when doing dives with dive companies.
|
||
|
||
* _Worldmap_ format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
|
||
some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you
|
||
select any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available
|
||
in text, as shown in the image below.
|
||
|
||
image::images/mapview_f20.jpg["Figure: HTML Map export view", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
* _TeX_ format, a file for printing using the TeX typesetting software. Choose
|
||
a filename with a '.tex' extension. You will also need a template file, that
|
||
can be obtained from
|
||
link:http://www.atdotde.de/%7erobert/subsurfacetemplate/[http://www.atdotde.de/~robert/subsurfacetemplate/]
|
||
in the same directory as the '.tex' file. The file can then be processed
|
||
with plain TeX (not LaTeX), for example by running 'pdftex filename.tex' on
|
||
the command line.
|
||
|
||
image::images/texexample.png["Figure: Export to TeX", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
* _Image depths_, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
|
||
all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the _Dive
|
||
List_, together with the depth underwater where of each of those photos was
|
||
taken.
|
||
|
||
* _General Settings_, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
|
||
|
||
** Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
|
||
numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
|
||
starting from 1.
|
||
** Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
|
||
be attached to the HTML exports.
|
||
** Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
|
||
and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
|
||
|
||
* Under _Style Options_ some style-related options are available like font
|
||
size and theme.
|
||
|
||
Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for
|
||
instance _www.divelogs.de_.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Cloud_access]]
|
||
== Keeping a _Subsurface_ dive log in the Cloud
|
||
|
||
For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
|
||
record of diving activities for your pleasure, but it’s important
|
||
information required for admission to training courses or sometimes even
|
||
diving sites. The security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log
|
||
that is resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of
|
||
equipment, the Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit
|
||
that you can access your dive log from anywhere in the world. For this
|
||
reason, facilities such as _divelogs.de_ and _Diving Log_ offer to store
|
||
dive log information on the Internet.
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
|
||
back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a
|
||
dive log from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the
|
||
local hard disk. The only requirement is that you should first register as
|
||
a user on the cloud. To use _Subsurface cloud storage_ , follow these
|
||
steps:
|
||
|
||
=== Create a cloud storage account
|
||
|
||
** Open the *Network Preferences* by selecting _File_ -> _Preferences_ -> _Network_.
|
||
** In the section headed _Subsurface cloud storage_, enter an email address that
|
||
_Subsurface_ can use for user registration.
|
||
** Enter a novel password that _Subsurface_ will use to store the
|
||
dive log in the cloud.
|
||
** Click _Apply_ to send the above email address and password to the
|
||
(remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
|
||
the above email address (This is the *only* occasion that _Subsurface_ uses the
|
||
email address provided above). The *Network Preferences* dialog now has a new PIN text
|
||
box, not visible previously.
|
||
** Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the *Network Preferences* dialog
|
||
(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
|
||
address confirmation)
|
||
** Click _Apply_ again. The _Subsurface cloud storage_ account
|
||
will be marked as verified and the _Subsurface cloud storage_ service is initialised for use.
|
||
|
||
=== Using _Subsurface cloud storage_
|
||
|
||
** Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the
|
||
_File_ menu of the main menu system: _Open cloud storage_ and _Save to cloud storage_.
|
||
These options let you load and save data to the _Subsurface
|
||
cloud storage_ server.
|
||
** In the _Defaults Preferences_ tab, you can select to use the _Subsurface cloud
|
||
storage_ data as the default data file by checking the box marked _Cloud storage default file_.
|
||
This means the data from
|
||
the _Subsurface cloud storage_ is loaded when _Subsurface_ starts and saved there when _Subsurface_ closes.
|
||
|
||
** _Subsurface_ keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
|
||
functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. _Subsurface_ simply synchronizes the
|
||
data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is
|
||
connected to the Internet.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Cloud_storage]]
|
||
=== Web access to _Subsurface cloud storage_
|
||
|
||
One of the nice side benefits of using _Subsurface cloud storage_ is that
|
||
you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open
|
||
https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org[_https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org_],
|
||
log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
|
||
the last dive data that was synced to _Subsurface cloud storage_. The dive
|
||
information shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the
|
||
calculated values shown in the *Profile* panel, including some cylinder
|
||
pressures, deco ceilings and O~2~/He/N~2~ partial pressures.
|
||
|
||
=== Other cloud services
|
||
|
||
If you prefer not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
|
||
don't need the web access), it’s simple to store dive logs in the cloud
|
||
using several of the existing facilities on the Internet. For instance
|
||
https://www.dropbox.com/[_Dropbox_] offers a free application that allows
|
||
files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop
|
||
computer.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Cloud.jpg["FIGURE: Dropbox folder", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
The _Dropbox_ program creates a copy of the _Dropbox_ Internet Cloud content
|
||
on your desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
|
||
the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the _Open_ and
|
||
_Save_ of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
|
||
local _Dropbox_ folder, so there's no need for a direct internet
|
||
connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
|
||
copy in the _Dropbox_ server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
|
||
whenever Internet access is available.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_user_space]]
|
||
== Several _Subsurface_ users on one desktop computer
|
||
A frequent need is for two or more persons to use _Subsurface_ on the same
|
||
desktop computer. For instance members of a household may use the same
|
||
computer or one family member may perform dive uploads for other family
|
||
members/friends. There are two approaches for doing this.
|
||
|
||
*A)* If the different users of a desktop computer do not log onto the desktop/laptop under different user names
|
||
then the simplest way is for each person to use her/his own divelog file within Subsurface. In this case John
|
||
would work with the _Subsurface_ file _johns-divelog_ and Joan would use _joans-divelog_. Select
|
||
the appropriate dive log by selecting, from the *Main Menu*, _File -> Open logbook_ and then select your own
|
||
dive log file from the list of files lower down in the menu. However, a problem arises if the users
|
||
prefer different settings for _Subsurface_. For instance, one diver may prefer to see the dive ceiling in the
|
||
*Profile Panel* and photos icons in the *Dive List*, while the other may not have these preferences. In addition,
|
||
the cloud connection is normally unique for each _Subsurface_ installation and if more than one user wishes to save
|
||
dive data on the cloud, it is inconvenient to open the *Preferences* and change the user-ID data every time
|
||
the cloud is accessed. To solve these problems, launch _Subsurface_ with a _--user=<user name>_ command-line option.
|
||
John can then activate _Subsurface_ with this command-line instruction:
|
||
|
||
subsurface --user=John
|
||
|
||
while Joan can launch _Subsurface_ using:
|
||
|
||
subsurface --user=Joan
|
||
|
||
In this case, each user's preferences, settings and cloud access information are stored separately, allowing
|
||
each diver to interact with _Subsurface_ in her/his preferred way and with individual cloud access. The above
|
||
process can be made user-friendly by creating a link/shortcut with a desktop icon that executes the above
|
||
command-line instruction. Use of the _--user=_ option therefore enables each user to create, maintain and
|
||
backup a separate dive log within a personalised user interface. This way, when each diver launches _Subsurface_,
|
||
it opens with the correct dive log as well as the appropriate display and backup preferences, and each diver
|
||
can access their own divelog on a mobile device using https://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/subsurface-mobile-user-manual[_Subsurface-Mobile_].
|
||
|
||
*B)* On the other hand, if the users log onto the same computer using different userIDs and passwords (i.e. users each
|
||
have a separate user space), _Subsurface_ is available independently to each user and every diver automatically has a separate
|
||
user profile and settings, including unique cloud and _Subsurface-Mobile_ access.
|
||
|
||
[[S_PrintDivelog]]
|
||
== Imprimer un carnet de plongée
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
|
||
Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.
|
||
|
||
Certains choix doivent être fait avant l'impression:
|
||
|
||
- Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part is
|
||
required, select the required dives from the *Dive List* panel.
|
||
- If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information
|
||
should be shown? Select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to
|
||
the left of the *Dive Profile* panel.
|
||
|
||
If _File -> Print_ is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image
|
||
*A*) appears. Three specifications are needed to get the desired information
|
||
and page layout:
|
||
|
||
image::images/Print1_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print dialogue", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
1. Under _Print type_ select one of two options:
|
||
|
||
- _Dive list print_: Print dives from the *Dive List* panel with profiles and
|
||
other information.
|
||
- _Statistics print_: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
|
||
|
||
2. Under _Print options_ select:
|
||
|
||
- Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before activating the
|
||
print dialogue by checking the box _Print only selected dives_. If this
|
||
check box is *not* checked ALL dives in the *Dive List* panel are printed.
|
||
- Printing in color, done by checking the box with _Print in color_. If this
|
||
check box is not checked, printing is in black and white.
|
||
|
||
Under _Template_ select a template to be used as the page layout. There are
|
||
several choices. (see image *B*, above).
|
||
|
||
- _Table_: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print summary table", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
- _Flow layout_: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
|
||
dive profiles
|
||
of each dive (see below):
|
||
|
||
image::images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print flow layout", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
- _One Dive_: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
|
||
below)
|
||
|
||
image::images/print2_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print one dive / page", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
- _Two Dives_: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
|
||
- _Six Dives_: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
|
||
|
||
You can _Preview_ the printed page by selecting the _Preview_ button on the
|
||
dialogue (see image *A* at the start of this section). After preview, you
|
||
can change the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal
|
||
taste.
|
||
|
||
Next, select the _Print_ button (see image *A* at the start of this
|
||
section). This activates the regular print dialogue used by the operating
|
||
system, letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image
|
||
below):
|
||
|
||
image::images/Print_print_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print dialog", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
|
||
the printer _Properties_. Finally, select the _Print_ button to print the
|
||
dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
|
||
page.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Printpreview.jpg["FIGURE: Print preview page", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
=== Créer un modèle d'impression personnalisé (avancé)
|
||
|
||
Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized
|
||
printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. You can create
|
||
a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an
|
||
existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the _Template_
|
||
dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <<S_APPENDIX_E,APPENDIX E>> for
|
||
information on how to write or modify a template.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Configure]]
|
||
== Configurer un ordinateur de plongée
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ vous permet de configurer un ordinateur de
|
||
plongée. Actuellement, les familles d'ordinateurs supportés sont
|
||
Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2/2N/2C, OSTC 3, Sport) et Suunto Vyper (Stinger,
|
||
Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de
|
||
ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être lues et modifiées. Pour commencer,
|
||
assurez vous que les pilotes pour votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés
|
||
(également nécessaire pour télécharger les plongées) et que le nom de
|
||
périphérique de l'ordinateur de plongée est connu. Voir
|
||
<<_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer,
|
||
ANNEXE A>> pour plus d'informations sur la manière de procéder.
|
||
|
||
Une fois que l'ordinateur de plongée est connecté à _Subsurface_,
|
||
sélectionner _Fichier -> Configurer l'ordinateur de plongée_, à partir du
|
||
menu principal. Sélectionner le nom du périphérique (ou le point de montage)
|
||
dans la liste déroulante, en haut du panneau de configuration et
|
||
sélectionner le bon modèle d'ordinateur de plongée à partir du panneau à
|
||
gauche (voir l'image ci-dessous).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg["FIGURE: Configure dive computer", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
|
||
suivantes peuvent être effectuées :
|
||
|
||
- *Récupérer les détails disponibles*. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l'ordinateur de plongée
|
||
dans _Subsurface_, en l'affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
|
||
- *Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique*. Cela change la configuration de l'ordinateur
|
||
de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
|
||
- *Sauvegarder*. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. _Subsurface_ demande
|
||
l'emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
|
||
- *Restaurer une sauvegarde*. Cela charge les informations à partir d'un fichier de sauvegarde et l'affiche
|
||
dans le panneau de configuration.
|
||
- *Mettre à jour le firmware*. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l'ordinateur de plongée,
|
||
il sera chargé dans l'ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_Preferences]]
|
||
== Setting user _Preferences_ for _Subsurface_
|
||
|
||
There are several user-definable settings within _Subsurface_, found by
|
||
selecting _File -> Preferences_, mostly affecting the way in which
|
||
_Subsurface_ shows dive information to the user. The settings are in six
|
||
panels: _General_, _Units_, _Profile_, _Language_, _Network_, and
|
||
_Georeference_, all of which operate on the same principles: specified
|
||
settings can be applied to the display of the dive log by selecting
|
||
_Apply_. At this stage, any new settings only apply to the present session
|
||
and are not saved. In order to apply new settings permanently, select the
|
||
_Save_ button. If you do not wish to apply the new preferences, select
|
||
_Cancel_.
|
||
|
||
=== General
|
||
|
||
There are several headings in the *General* panel:
|
||
|
||
image::images/Pref1_f23.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences general page", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
** *Lists and tables*: Specify the font type and font size of the
|
||
*Dive Table* panel: decreasing the font size allows one to see more dives on a screen.
|
||
|
||
** *Dives*: For the _Default Dive Log File_ specify the directory and
|
||
file name of your
|
||
electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either _.xml_ or _.ssrf_. When
|
||
launched, _Subsurface_ will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
|
||
- _No default file_: When checked, _Subsurface_ does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
|
||
- _Local default file_: When checked, _Subsurface_ automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk.
|
||
- _Cloud storage default file_: When checked, _Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
|
||
device that was initialized using the *Preferences* _Network_ tab (see below).
|
||
|
||
** *Display invalid*: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
|
||
dives that he/she doesn't consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
|
||
keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
|
||
the dive list.
|
||
|
||
** *Default cylinder*: From the dropdown list, select the default cylinder to be used in
|
||
the *Equipment* tab of the *Notes* panel.
|
||
|
||
** *Animations*: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
|
||
animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
|
||
dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
|
||
happen instantaneously, but are animated. The _Speed_ of animations can be controlled
|
||
by setting this slider
|
||
with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
|
||
at all.
|
||
|
||
** *Clear all settings*: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
|
||
cleared and set to default values.
|
||
|
||
=== Units
|
||
image::images/Pref2_f23.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Units page", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, volume,
|
||
temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button at
|
||
the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement
|
||
system. Alternatively, if you select the *Personalize* radio button, units
|
||
can be selected independently, with some in the metric system and others in
|
||
imperial.
|
||
|
||
Regardless of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in
|
||
seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be
|
||
represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or
|
||
as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.
|
||
|
||
=== Profil
|
||
Ce panneau comporte trois sections:
|
||
|
||
[[S_CCR_options]]
|
||
image::images/Pref4_f23.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Graph page", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
[[S_GradientFactors]]
|
||
*Gas pressure display setup*. Even though nitrogen and helium pressures are also included here, these items mainly pertain to oxygen management:
|
||
** _Thresholds_: _Subsurface_ can display graphs of the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium
|
||
partial pressures during
|
||
the dive, activated using the toolbar on the left of the *Dive Profile*
|
||
panel. For each of these graphs, specify a threshold value. If any of the graphs go
|
||
above the specified threshold, the graph is
|
||
highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
|
||
The pO~2~ threshold is probably the most important one and a value of 1.6 is commonly used.
|
||
** _pO~2~ in calculating MOD_ is used for calculating the maximum operative depth for a particular
|
||
nitrox or trimix gas mixture. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
|
||
|
||
** CCR Options: These options determine oxygen management for CCR dives:
|
||
|
||
*** _Dive planner default setpoint_: Specify the O~2~ setpoint for a
|
||
CCR dive plan. This determines the pO~2~ maintained
|
||
during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
|
||
profile context menu.
|
||
|
||
*** _CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO~2~:_ With this checkbox activated, the pO~2~
|
||
graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint
|
||
values. See the section on xref:S_CCR_dives[Closed Circuit Rebreather dives].
|
||
|
||
*** _CCR: Show individual O~2~ sensor values when viewing pO~2~:_ Show the pO~2~
|
||
values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
|
||
See the section on xref:S_CCR_dives[Closed Circuit Rebreather dives].
|
||
|
||
* *Ceiling display setup*. These settings mostly deal with nitrogen and helium management
|
||
by determining how the decompression ceiling (ascent ceiling) is calculated and displayed:
|
||
|
||
** _Draw dive computer reported ceiling red_: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default
|
||
the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
|
||
Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
|
||
from the ceilings calculated by _Subsurface_ because of the different algorithms and
|
||
gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a
|
||
dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive.
|
||
|
||
** _Algorithm for calculating ceiling_. Choose between the Bühlmann Z1H-L16
|
||
decompression model and the VPM-B model:
|
||
*** _VPM-B_: Provide a conservatism level for calculating the VPM-B ceiling. Values between 0
|
||
(least conservative) and 4 (most conservative) are valid.
|
||
|
||
[[GradientFactors_Ref]]
|
||
|
||
*** Bühlmann: Set the _gradient factors_ (GFLow and GFHigh) for calculcating the deco ceiling following
|
||
the ZH-L16 algorithm. GF_Low is the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used at the surface.
|
||
At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
|
||
Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen and helium exposure during a dive, in a
|
||
similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
|
||
the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
|
||
respect to inert gas loading and the deeper the ceilings are. Gradient
|
||
factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
|
||
harsh.
|
||
For more information see:
|
||
|
||
*** http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]
|
||
|
||
*** link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]
|
||
|
||
** _pSCR options_. These preferences determine how passive semi-closed circuit (pSCR) dives
|
||
are planned and how the pSCR deco ceiling is calculated:
|
||
|
||
*** _Metabolic rate:_ this is the
|
||
volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
|
||
and decompression calculations.
|
||
|
||
*** _pSCR ratio:_ The dilution ratio (or dump ratio) is the ratio of gas released to the
|
||
environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
|
||
|
||
* *Misc*
|
||
|
||
** _Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab_: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the
|
||
*Equipment Tab*. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the *Equipment Tab* are not used (e.g. there
|
||
was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
|
||
** _Show mean depth_: If this box is checked, the *Dive Profile* panel contains a grey line that shows
|
||
the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before
|
||
ascent.
|
||
|
||
|
||
=== Langue
|
||
Choisissez une langue que _Subsurface_ utilisera.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Pref3_f23.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Language page", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Check the _System Default_ language i.e. the language of the underlying
|
||
operating system if this is appropriate. This is the default setting in
|
||
_Subsurface_. To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language /
|
||
country combination from the list of locations. The _Filter_ text box to
|
||
list similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of
|
||
English or French. *This particular preference requires a restart of
|
||
_Subsurface_ to take effect*.
|
||
|
||
Dans cette section, spécifiez également les formats de date et d'heure pour
|
||
l'affiche des détails de plongée.
|
||
|
||
=== Réseau
|
||
This panel facilitates communication between _Subsurface_ and data sources
|
||
on the Internet. This is important, for instance, when _Subsurface_ needs
|
||
to communicate with web services such as Cloud storage, the
|
||
<<S_Companion,_Subsurface Companion app_>> or when you want to communicate
|
||
through a proxy.
|
||
|
||
|
||
image::images/Pref5_f23.jpg["FIGURE: Preferences Network page", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
This dialogue has three sections:
|
||
|
||
** _Proxy_:
|
||
If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
|
||
after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
|
||
be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
|
||
password are required so that _Subsurface_ can automatically pass
|
||
through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
|
||
from your ISP.
|
||
|
||
** _Subsurface cloud storage_: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
|
||
and password are required. This lets _Subsurface_ email security information
|
||
regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately.
|
||
Two additional options are given:
|
||
- _Sync to cloud in the background_: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
|
||
while you do other things within _Subsurface_.
|
||
- _Save password locally_: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
|
||
information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
|
||
|
||
** _Subsurface web service_: When you subscribe to the <<S_Companion,Subsurface web service>>, a very
|
||
long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
|
||
checking the option _Save User ID locally?_, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved.
|
||
|
||
=== Géoréférencement
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates
|
||
of a dive site) derived from a click on the *Dive Map panel* at the bottom
|
||
right of the _Subsurface_ window, or from a GPS instrument or from the
|
||
_Subsurface_ Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find the
|
||
name of the closest known location. This function only works if _Subsurface_
|
||
has an Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be
|
||
configured, e.g. _Country/State/City_ or _City/State/Country_ (see image
|
||
below).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Pref7_f23.jpg["FIGURE: Georeference panel", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
[[S_DivePlanner]]
|
||
== Le planificateur de plongée de _Subsurface_
|
||
Dive planning is an advanced feature of _Subsurface_, accessed by selecting
|
||
_Log -> Plan Dive_ from the main menu. It allows calculation of inert gas
|
||
load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition
|
||
of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker, or using the VPM-B model.
|
||
|
||
****
|
||
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
|
||
[WARNING]
|
||
|
||
Le planificateur de plongée de _Subsurface_ EST EN PHASE EXPÉRIMENTALE et
|
||
suppose que l'utilisateur est déjà familier avec l'interface utilisateur de
|
||
_Subsurface_. Il est utilisé explicitement aux conditions suivantes :
|
||
|
||
- L'utilisateur est bien informé au sujet de la planification de plongée et a
|
||
la formation nécessaire pour faire une planification de plongée.
|
||
- L'utilisateur planifie des plongées dans les limites de sa certification.
|
||
- La planification de plongée se base sur les caractéristiques d'une _personne
|
||
normale_ et ne peut compenser les caractéristiques physiologiques, l'état de
|
||
santé, l'historique personnel et les caractéristiques du mode de vie.
|
||
- La sécurité d'une planification de plongée dépend en grande partie de la
|
||
façon dont le planificateur est utilisé.
|
||
- L'utilisateur est familier avec l'interface de _Subsurface_.
|
||
- Un utilisateur qui n'est pas absolument certain d'un des prérequis ci-dessus
|
||
ne devrait pas utiliser cette fonction.
|
||
****
|
||
|
||
=== L'écran du planificateur de plongée _Subsurface_
|
||
|
||
Like the _Subsurface_ dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
|
||
sections (see image below). The *setup* parameters for a dive are entered
|
||
into the sections on the left hand and bottom side of the screen. They are:
|
||
Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.
|
||
|
||
At the top right hand is a green *design panel* on which the profile of the
|
||
dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
|
||
below. This feature makes the _Subsurface_ dive planner unique in ease of
|
||
use.
|
||
|
||
At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of _Dive Plan
|
||
Details_. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
|
||
that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
|
||
messages about the dive plan are printed.
|
||
|
||
image::images/PlannerWindow1.jpg["FIGURE: Dive planner startup window", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
=== Plongées en circuit ouvert
|
||
|
||
- Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
|
||
above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
|
||
** Circuit ouvert (option par défaut)
|
||
** CCR
|
||
** pSCR
|
||
|
||
- Choisissez l'option Circuit ouvert.
|
||
- In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive
|
||
parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended
|
||
dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
|
||
site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in meters,
|
||
assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
|
||
|
||
- In the table labelled _Available Gases_, add the information of the
|
||
cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
|
||
cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
|
||
<<cylinder_definitions,providing cylinder data for dive logs>>. Choose the
|
||
cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown
|
||
list, then specify the start pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the
|
||
oxygen concentration (O~2~%) field empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain
|
||
air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in the boxes
|
||
provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to
|
||
the top right-hand of the dialogue.
|
||
|
||
- Le tableau _Gaz disponibles_ inclut trois champs de profondeur de gaz,
|
||
nommés:
|
||
** Deco switch at: the switch depth for deco gases. Unless overridden by the user, this will be
|
||
automatically calculated based on the Deco pO~2~ preference (default 1.6 bar)
|
||
** Bot. MOD: the gas Maximum Operating Depth (MOD) if it is used as a bottom mix. Automatically
|
||
calculated based on the Bottom pO~2~ preference (default 1.4 bar). Editing this field will modify the
|
||
O~2~% according to the depth set. Set to ''*'' to calculate the best O~2~% for the dive maximum depth.
|
||
** MND: the gas Maximum Narcotic Depth (MND). Automatically calculated based on the Best Mix END
|
||
preference (default 30m / 98 ft). Editing this field will modify the He% according to the depth set.
|
||
Set to ''*'' to calculate the best He% for the dive maximum depth.
|
||
|
||
- Le profil d'une plongée planifiée peut être créé de deux façons:
|
||
* Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to
|
||
represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by double-clicking
|
||
the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by right-clicking a
|
||
particular waypoint and selecting the _delete_ item from the resulting
|
||
context menu.
|
||
* The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
|
||
values into the table marked _Dive planner points_. The first line of the
|
||
table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
|
||
surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The _CC
|
||
setpoint_ column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
|
||
usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
|
||
calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
|
||
at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the _Dive planner
|
||
points_ table automatically appear in the *Dive Profile* diagram.
|
||
|
||
==== Plongées loisir
|
||
|
||
Recreational mode is intended for what most divers would call
|
||
"recreational", "sports"or "nontechnical" dives, remaining within no-deco
|
||
limits (NDL). It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current
|
||
depth without needing mandatory decompression stops and without using more
|
||
than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes
|
||
into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional
|
||
dive tables are also used in a way that can take into account previous
|
||
dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? The subsurface dive
|
||
planner provides two significant advantages over the use of recreational
|
||
dive tables for dive planning.
|
||
|
||
Firstly, using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of each previous
|
||
dive is taken into account. But few dives are done at a constant depth
|
||
corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This
|
||
means dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous
|
||
dives. The _Subsurface_ dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to
|
||
the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, in a similar way as
|
||
dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the
|
||
diver gets 'credit,' in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum
|
||
depth during previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned.
|
||
For the planner to work it's therefore crucial to log previous dives in
|
||
_Subsurface_ before doing dive planning.
|
||
|
||
Secondly, recreational dive tables are not designed to build additional
|
||
safety features into a dive. NDL times derived from dive tables often take
|
||
divers close to the limit where decompression sickness (DCS) can arise. The
|
||
Subsurface dive planner allows a diver to build more safety features into a
|
||
dive plan, preventing recreational divers from getting close to the limits
|
||
of getting a DCS hit. This is performed by specifying appropriate gradient
|
||
factors for a dive plan, as explained below.
|
||
|
||
To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.
|
||
|
||
Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows
|
||
calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.
|
||
|
||
- Immediately under the heading _Planning_ are two checkboxes _Recreational_
|
||
and _Safety Stop_. Check these two boxes.
|
||
|
||
- Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
|
||
working cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
|
||
_Available gases_.
|
||
|
||
- The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
|
||
air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate,
|
||
under _Gas options_, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
|
||
rate for _Bottom SAC_. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
|
||
with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
|
||
|
||
- Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom
|
||
section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The
|
||
reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible need to bring a
|
||
buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in sharing
|
||
depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so
|
||
most agencies assume a fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40
|
||
or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But _Subsurface_ can do better
|
||
because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas
|
||
during the ascent.
|
||
|
||
- Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
|
||
dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
|
||
table under _Dive planner points_ as described under the previous
|
||
heading. If this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to
|
||
represent the dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding
|
||
appropriate dive planner points to the _Dive Planner Points_
|
||
table. _Subsurface_ will automatically extend the bottom section of the dive
|
||
to the maximum duration within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
|
||
|
||
- La vitesse de remontée peut être modifiée. Les vitesses de remontée par
|
||
défaut sont celles qui sont considérées comme sûres pour les plongées
|
||
loisir.
|
||
|
||
- To build additional safety into the dive plan (over and above those of
|
||
recreational dive tables), specify gradient factors less than 100% (_GFHigh_
|
||
and _GFLow_ under the _Planning_ heading in the planner). On the other hand,
|
||
to approximate the values in recreational dive tables, set the gradient
|
||
factors to 100. By reducing the values of GFHigh and GFLow to values below
|
||
100, one can build more safety into a dive. Decreasing the values of the
|
||
gradient factors below 100 will shorten the duration of the dive. This is
|
||
the price of a larger safety margin. Reasons for using gradient factors less
|
||
than 100 may be the age of the diver, the health of a diver, or unusual
|
||
conditions such as cold water or strong currents. Realistic conservative
|
||
values for the gradient factors are GFLow=40% and GFHigh=80%. This allows
|
||
you to create a cusom dive plan, suited to yourself as well as the dive
|
||
conditions.
|
||
|
||
Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 meters with
|
||
gradient factors of 100. Because the no-deco limit (NDL) is 22 minutes,
|
||
there remains a significant amount of air in the cylinder at the end of the
|
||
dive.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Planner_OC_rec1.jpg["FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco
|
||
limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings
|
||
specified as described above. The _Subsurface_ planner allows rapid
|
||
assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
|
||
load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
|
||
amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
|
||
_Available gases_. If the start cylinder pressure is left blank, the dive
|
||
duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
|
||
gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
|
||
means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
|
||
duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.
|
||
|
||
Below is the same dive plan as above, but with a safety stop and reduced
|
||
gradient factors for a larger safety margin.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Planner_OC_rec2.jpg["FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: gradient factors setup", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
==== Plongées en circuit ouvert non loisir, incluant une décompression
|
||
|
||
Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
|
||
using multiple breathing gases. These dives are planned in three stages:
|
||
|
||
*a) Nitrogen management*: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
|
||
as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings _Rates_ and _Planning_
|
||
to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
|
||
model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GFHigh and GFLow
|
||
need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the _Preferences_
|
||
panel of _Subsurface_ is used. If these are changed within the planner (see _Gas Options_ within
|
||
the planner), the new values are
|
||
used without changing the original values in the _Preferences_.
|
||
Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
|
||
A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive.
|
||
|
||
** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on xref:S_GradientFactors[Gradient Factor Preference settings].
|
||
|
||
If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified
|
||
on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). This model
|
||
tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often
|
||
results in slightly shorter dive durations than the Bühlmann model, albeit
|
||
at the cost of higher tissue compartment pressures in the slow tissues.
|
||
When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact
|
||
physiological models but only mathematical models that appear to work in
|
||
practice.
|
||
|
||
Please note as well that there is an intrinsic assumption of the VPM-B model
|
||
that off-gassing only happens during the ascent phase of the dive (which is
|
||
the part controlled by the planner). Thus it is possible to get misleading
|
||
results if you manually enter waypoints well in the decompression phase of
|
||
your dive. This is particularly relevant when editing a dive read from disk
|
||
in the planner since that will have waypoints up to the surface. Thus for
|
||
those dives, first delete all waypoints during the ascent phase. This is
|
||
most easily done by holding the Ctrl- or Command-key while clicking on the
|
||
trash can icon next to the first ascent waypoint in the table on the left
|
||
hand side.
|
||
|
||
Pour plus d'information en dehors de ce manuel, voir:
|
||
|
||
* link:http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf[Understanding
|
||
M-values by Erik Baker, _Immersed_ Vol. 3, No. 3.]
|
||
* link:http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html[Gradient
|
||
factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts]
|
||
link:https://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers[_Deco
|
||
for Divers_, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress] Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
|
||
1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
|
||
modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
|
||
|
||
The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
|
||
and is specified for several depth ranges, using the mean depth as a
|
||
yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on
|
||
the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often in the range of
|
||
8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in the range of
|
||
4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option _Drop to first
|
||
depth_ is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the
|
||
maximal descent rate specified in the _Rates_ section of the dive setup.
|
||
|
||
*b) Oxygen management*: In the *Gas Options* part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
|
||
pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
|
||
bottom part of the dive (_bottom po2_) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (_deco po2_).
|
||
Commonly used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
|
||
stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. The depth at which switching to a gas
|
||
takes place can be edited in the
|
||
_Available Gases_ dialog. Normally, the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
|
||
ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has decreased to 1.6 bar.
|
||
|
||
*c) Gas management*: With open-circuit dives this is a primary
|
||
consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of
|
||
gas within the dive
|
||
cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
|
||
sharing with a buddy. Under the _Gas Options_ heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
|
||
of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
|
||
liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
|
||
bottom part of the dive (_bottom SAC_) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
|
||
dive (_deco SAC_). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess
|
||
is not sufficient and you needs to
|
||
monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
|
||
The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
|
||
if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to
|
||
the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept
|
||
for unforeseen circumstances.
|
||
For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.
|
||
In addition to calculating the total gas consumption for every cylinder the planner provides one way
|
||
of calculating the recommended volume of bottom gas which is needed for safe ascent to the
|
||
first deco gas change depth or the surface. This procedure is called the "minimum gas" or "rock bottom"
|
||
consideration and it is used by various (but not all)
|
||
technical diving organisations. See the text below for a detailed explanation.
|
||
|
||
Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. _Subsurface_
|
||
offers an unique graphical interface for doing planning. The mechanics are
|
||
similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of
|
||
_Subsurface_. Upon activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for
|
||
20 min is offered in the blue design surface in the top right hand part of
|
||
the planner window. The white dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged
|
||
with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line
|
||
and ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to
|
||
represent the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify
|
||
the ascent part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the
|
||
existing settings. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or
|
||
gas) are exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from BLUE to
|
||
RED.
|
||
|
||
Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a _Dive Planner Point_ in the
|
||
table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure the _Used Gas_ value in
|
||
each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in
|
||
the _Available Gases_ table. Add new waypoints until the main features of
|
||
the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and deep stops
|
||
(if these are implemented). In most cases _Subsurface_ computes additional
|
||
way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that dive. A
|
||
waypoint can also be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys. The
|
||
waypoints listed in the _Dive Planner Points_ dialogue can be edited by hand
|
||
in order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, it is
|
||
sometimes more easy to create the whole dive profile by editing the _Dive
|
||
Planner Points_ dialog.
|
||
|
||
Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained
|
||
in the section <<S_CreateProfile,hand-creating a dive profile>>. These
|
||
changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the
|
||
table with _Available Gases_. If two or more gases are used, automatic gas
|
||
switches will be planned during the ascent to the surface.
|
||
|
||
Cylinders used for the plan need to be entered in the table of _Available
|
||
gases_. In the column _Type_ select the appropriate cylinder size by using
|
||
the dropdown list that appears when double-clicking a cell in this
|
||
column. By default, a large number of sizes are listed, and a new cylinder
|
||
size can be created by typing this into the text box. The cylinder size,
|
||
start pressure and default switch depths are initialised
|
||
automatically. Specify the gas composition (e.g. helium and oxygen
|
||
content). A non-zero value in the "CC setpoint" column of the table of dive
|
||
planner points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and
|
||
that the segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the
|
||
last manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
|
||
computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
|
||
last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
|
||
set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode and the planner only
|
||
considers gas changes in OC mode.
|
||
|
||
Enter dive profile segments in the _Dive planner points_ table by providing
|
||
a time duration for a segment as well as its final depth. If more than one
|
||
cylinder is used during the dive, ensure that the appropriate cylinder is
|
||
selected for each segment of the dive plan by double-clicking the cell and
|
||
selecting the appropriate cylinder from the dropdown list in the _Used gas_
|
||
column. If required, insert a row in the _Dive planner points_ table by
|
||
adding a new line and then setting the _Run time_ value appropriately. In
|
||
image A below, a segment (using an EAN50 cylinder) has been added and you
|
||
wish to use this gas during the very start of the dive (the other gas is not
|
||
breathable at the surface). Upon pressing Enter on the keyboard, that
|
||
segment is moved to the top of that table and the plan is adjusted
|
||
automatically to take into account this new segment of the dive plan (image
|
||
B below).
|
||
|
||
image::images/planner1.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a dive: segments", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Ci-dessous, vous trouverez un exemple d'une planification de plongée
|
||
utilisant du Tx20/30 et l'algorithme Bühlmann, suivie d'une remontée
|
||
utilisant du EAN50 et utilisant les réglages décrits ci-dessous.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Planner_OC_deco.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the _Save_ button
|
||
towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear in
|
||
the *Dive List* panel of _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
*Les détails du plan de plongée*
|
||
|
||
On the bottom right panel of the dive planner, under _Dive Plan Details_,
|
||
the details of the dive plan are provided. These may be modified by checking
|
||
any of the options under the _Notes_ section of the dive planner,
|
||
immediately to the left of the _Dive Plan Details_. If a _Verbatim dive
|
||
plan_ is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive plan
|
||
is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded during
|
||
the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
|
||
information.
|
||
|
||
If the option _Display segment duration_ is checked, then the duration of
|
||
each depth level is indicated in the _Dive Plan Details_. This duration
|
||
INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the _Display
|
||
transition in deco_ option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
|
||
from the segment durations at a particular level.
|
||
|
||
*Dive plan variations*: The planner has a check box _Display plan variations_. By checking this box, the planner
|
||
provides information about a dive that is a little deeper or slightly
|
||
longer than the planned dive. This is found near the top of the _Dive plan details_
|
||
where the dive duration is indicated. The information is intended to be used if it is necessary to
|
||
modify the ascent "on the fly" in the case of unexpected deviations from the dive plan during the dive.
|
||
For example, if it says "Runtime: 123min, Stop times + 2:49 /m + 1:30 /min" this means: if you dive deeper
|
||
than planned, you should add almost 3 minutes per meter you go deeper to your decompression (and
|
||
you can substract 3 minutes per meter that you stay shallower). If you overstay your bottom
|
||
time, you need to add one and a half minutes to the stops for each minutes you overstay
|
||
and similarly, you can shorten your deco time by one and a half minute for each minute
|
||
you stay shorter. These variations of depth and time are based on the last manually entered segment of the
|
||
dive (not necessarily the deepest). The additional minutes should be distributed
|
||
over the differnent stops in a way proportional to the stop length, i.e. add more of the
|
||
additional minutes to the longer, shallower stops. The given times refer to the
|
||
duration of the decompression phase and do not include the extended bottom time!
|
||
This way of altering dive plans becomes inaccurate for large deviations from the original
|
||
plan. So it should not be trusted for more than a few minutes or meters of
|
||
deviations from the planned bottom time. Checking this option creates a lot of additional computation,
|
||
to such a degree that the planner is slower than otherwise.
|
||
|
||
*Minimum gas requirements*: The planner also estimates the _minimum gas_ pressure
|
||
required for safe ascent after an event that causes the dive to be aborted. The
|
||
calculation assumes that in worst case an out of gas (OoG)
|
||
situation occurs at the end of the planned bottom time at maximum depth, requiring
|
||
additional time at maximum depth to solve the problem and forcing
|
||
the buddy pair the share the gas of one diver. In addition the combined SAC of both
|
||
divers is increased by an estimated factor compared to the SAC of a single diver under normal conditions.
|
||
The result of the minimum gas calculation for the bottom gas is printed to the planner output. There
|
||
are two selector boxes on the left of the _Dive plan details_:
|
||
|
||
* _SAC factor_. This is an estimate of the degree to which your SAC increases
|
||
if a critical problem arises underwater, e.g. gas sharing or
|
||
entanglement. Realistic values range from 3 to 5, reflecting the gas use of
|
||
two divers sharing a single gas cylinder after an OoG situation.
|
||
* _Problem solving time_. This is an estimate of how long you would take to
|
||
solve the problem before starting the ascent to terminate the dive. The
|
||
default value is 2 minutes.
|
||
|
||
Using the above information, the planner then estimates what the minimum
|
||
bottom gas cylinder pressure needs to be for a safe ascent. This information
|
||
is given near the bottom of the _Dive plan details_, following the
|
||
calculation of bottom gas used during the dive if it exactly follows the
|
||
plan. the minimum gas is typically given as:
|
||
|
||
Minimum gas (based on 2.0xSAC/+1min@81m): 2130 l/90bar/Δ:+80bar
|
||
|
||
This indicates:
|
||
|
||
* Within parentheses, the _SAC factor_ and _Problem solving time_ specified.
|
||
* The number of liters of back gas required for a safe ascent (2130 litres in
|
||
the example above)
|
||
* The number of bars of back gas required for a safe ascent (90 bars in the
|
||
example above).
|
||
* The delta-value: number of bars of back gas available at the end of the
|
||
bottom section of the dive, _over and above_ the minimum gas requirement (80
|
||
bars in the above example). A positive delta reflects a safe plan; a
|
||
negative delta indicates insufficient gas for a safe ascent.
|
||
|
||
No automatic checks are performed based on this result. The feature only
|
||
gives valid results for simple, rectangular shaped single level dive
|
||
profiles. For multi level dives one would need to check every leg of the
|
||
profile independently.
|
||
|
||
*Isobaric counterdiffusion information*: For gas switches during the ascent in hypoxic open-circuit trimix dives information
|
||
about isobaric counterdiffusion (icd) is given near the bottom of the _Dive plan details_, based on the
|
||
rule-of-fifths (i.e. during a gas change, the increase in nitrogen partial pressure should not exceed
|
||
one fifth of the corresponding decrease in partial pressure of helium). For each gas change, two lines
|
||
are printed, indicating the changes in gas fractions (%) and the equivalent changes in partial pressures. If the
|
||
rule-of-fifths is not met, the relevant information is highlighted in red and a warning message appears
|
||
at the bottom of that table. The gas change events on the dive profile also provide information on icd,
|
||
visible at the bottom of the _Information box_ when the mouse hovers on the respective gas change icon. This information
|
||
is only shown for gas changes relevant with respect to icd. If the rule-of-fifths is not met,
|
||
a red warning exclamation mark is shown over the gas change icon. When relevant, the _Information box_ contains
|
||
information such as: ICD ΔHe:-13% ΔN₂+3%>2.6%. This means: for this gas change, the helium
|
||
decreased with 13% while the nitrogen increased with 3% which
|
||
is more than the 2.6% maximum increase in nitrogen suggested by the rule-of-fifths.
|
||
|
||
****
|
||
[icon="images/icons/warning2.png"]
|
||
[WARNING]
|
||
The *plan variations* and *minimum gas* estimates are only guidelines for a
|
||
diver performing dive planning, intended to enhance the safety of executing
|
||
a particular dive plan and do not replace formal contingency planning for a
|
||
specific dive. They are NOT precise and should NOT be relied upon as the
|
||
only safety features in dive planning. Interpret these estimates within the
|
||
framework of your formal training to perform dive planning.
|
||
****
|
||
|
||
=== Planning pSCR dives
|
||
|
||
To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select _pSCR_ rather than
|
||
_Open circuit_ in the dropdown list.
|
||
The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Profile_
|
||
from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
|
||
ratio (default 1:8) as well as the metabolic rate. Specify the bottom and deco SAC rates.
|
||
Here the SAC in the planner is the volume of gas per minute
|
||
that is exhaled into the loop on the surface, *not* the amount of gas that escapes into the water.
|
||
The calculation takes the oxygen drop
|
||
across the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
|
||
pO~2~ drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the _Dive plan
|
||
details_. A typical pSCR cylinder setup is very similar to an open circuit dive;
|
||
one or more dive cylinders, possibly with different bottom and decompression
|
||
gases, including gas switches during the dive like in open circuit diving.
|
||
Therefore, the setup of the _Available gases_ and the _Dive planner points_ tables
|
||
are very similar to that of a open circuit dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints
|
||
are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
|
||
to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
|
||
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Planner_pSCR.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
|
||
=== Planifier des plongées CCR (recycleur)
|
||
|
||
To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the _CCR_ option in
|
||
the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.
|
||
|
||
*Available gases*: In the _Available gases_ table, enter the cylinder information for the
|
||
diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
|
||
cylinder since it is implied when the _CCR_ dropdown selection is made.
|
||
|
||
*Entering setpoints*: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting _File -> Preferences -> Profile_ from
|
||
the main menu. All user-entered segments in the _Dive planner points_ table
|
||
use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
|
||
in the _Dive planner points_ table. A zero setpoint
|
||
means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated
|
||
using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
|
||
CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
|
||
algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but
|
||
this is calculated for bail out ascents.
|
||
|
||
The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Planner_CCR.jpg["FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Note that, in the _Dive plan details_, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
|
||
is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.
|
||
|
||
[[S_Replan]]
|
||
=== Modifier une planification existante
|
||
|
||
Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the *Dive
|
||
List*, like any other dive log. Within the *Dive List* there is no way to
|
||
change a saved dive plan. To change a dive plan, select it on the *Dive
|
||
List*. Then, in the main menu, select _Log -> Re-plan dive_. This will open
|
||
the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes to be made
|
||
and saved as usual.
|
||
|
||
In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
|
||
dive and adds a (possibly modified, - earlier dives are now taken into
|
||
account -) copy to the dive list. If that copy is saved with the same start
|
||
time as the original, the two dives are considered two versions of the same
|
||
dive and do not influence other each during decompression calculation (see
|
||
next section).
|
||
|
||
=== Planifier des plongées successives
|
||
|
||
Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
|
||
repetitive dive set are specified appropriately in the top left-hand _Start
|
||
Time_ field. _Subsurface_ calculates the gas loading figures and the affect
|
||
of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.
|
||
|
||
If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning another dive,
|
||
then highlight, in the *Dive List*, the dive that has just been logged then
|
||
activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive, the
|
||
planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive and
|
||
plans accordingly.
|
||
|
||
If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
|
||
template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you
|
||
want to plan a dive using this configuration, highlight the template dive in
|
||
the *Dive List* and activate the planner: the planner takes into account the
|
||
configuration in the highlighted dive.
|
||
|
||
=== Imprimer un plan de plongée
|
||
|
||
Selecting the _Print_ button in the planner allows printing of the _Dive
|
||
Plan Details_ for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the _Dive Plan
|
||
Details_ to include in a text file or word processing document.
|
||
|
||
However, after the plan has been saved, it is represented in a way very
|
||
similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be accessed in the
|
||
same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the dive plan
|
||
is to use the _File -> Print_ function on the main menu in the same way as
|
||
for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.
|
||
|
||
[[S_MergeDivePlan]]
|
||
=== Enregistrer une plongée avec sa planification
|
||
|
||
In the section dealing with <<S_MultipleDiveComputers, dives using more than
|
||
one dive computer>> we discussed the way in which multiple profiles for a
|
||
single dive can be viewed using the left-arrow and right-arrow keyboard
|
||
keys. A similar method can be used for saving a dive plan with the profile
|
||
of the actual dive, once this has been uploaded into _Subsurface_. In order
|
||
to do this:
|
||
|
||
- Do the dive planning and save the final plan in the _Dive List_.
|
||
- Après la plongée, télécharger les données depuis l'ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
- Change the date and time of the _dive plan_ to coincide with that of the
|
||
real-life dive from the _dive computer_.
|
||
- In the _Dive List_, highlight the dive plan as well as the data for the real
|
||
dive and merge the two dives, making use of the Dive List Context Menu
|
||
(available by right-clicking a dive).
|
||
|
||
The text version of the dive plan is appended to the Notes in the _Notes
|
||
Tab_. With this merged dive highlighted in the _Dive List_, switch between
|
||
the planned profile and the real-life profile using the
|
||
right-arrow/left-arrow keyboard keys.
|
||
|
||
== Lancer _Subsurface_ depuis la ligne de commande
|
||
_Subsurface_ can be launched from the command-line to set some specialised
|
||
settings or as part of an script-based automated process for manipulating a
|
||
dive log. The format for launching _Subsurface_ from the command-line is:
|
||
|
||
subsurface [options] [logfile ...] [--import logfile ...]
|
||
|
||
Ces options incluent:
|
||
|====================
|
||
|*Command-line option*|*Description*
|
||
|--help|Print a summary of the command-line options
|
||
| -h|Print a summary of the command-line options
|
||
|--import logfile ...|A file name before this option is treated as an existing dive log, everything after is imported into the existing dive log
|
||
|--verbose|Print debug information while running _Subsurface_
|
||
| -v|Print debug information while running _Subsurface_
|
||
| -v -v| Print even more debug information while running _Subsurface_
|
||
|--version|Prints the current version of _Subsurface_
|
||
|--survey|Opens the xref:S_UserSurvey[user survey] immediately after starting _Subsurface_
|
||
|--user=<username>|Choose the xref:S_user_space[configuration space] of user <username>
|
||
|--cloud-timeout=<duration>|Set the timeout for cloud connection (0 < duration < 60). This enables longer timeouts for slow Internet connections
|
||
|====================
|
||
|
||
== Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface
|
||
|
||
Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
|
||
principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
|
||
des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.
|
||
|
||
=== Fichier
|
||
- <<S_NewLogbook,_Nouveau carnet de plongée_>> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
|
||
actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
|
||
- _Ouvrir un carnet de plongée_ - Ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
|
||
carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
|
||
- _Sauvegarder_ - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
|
||
- _Enregsitrer sous_ - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
|
||
- _Open cloud storage_ - Open the dive log previously saved in
|
||
<<S_Cloud_storage,_Cloud storage_>>.
|
||
- _Save to cloud storage_ - Save the current dive log to
|
||
<<S_Cloud_storage,_Cloud storage_>>.
|
||
- _Take cloud storage online_ -
|
||
******************************************************
|
||
- _Fermer_ - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
|
||
- <<S_ExportLog,_Exporter_>> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
|
||
ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
|
||
formats.
|
||
- <<S_PrintDivelog,_Imprimer_>> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
|
||
ouvert.
|
||
- <<S_Preferences,_Préférences_>> - Définir les préférences de _Subsurface_.
|
||
- <<S_FindMovedImages, _Find moved images_>> - If photos taken during dives
|
||
have been moved to
|
||
a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
|
||
dives.
|
||
- <<S_Configure,_Configurer l'ordinateur de plongée_>> - Modifier la
|
||
configuration d'un ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
- _Quitter_ - Quitter _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
|
||
=== Édition
|
||
- The Edit option allows one to undo or redo an action, e.g. deleting dives.
|
||
|
||
=== Importer
|
||
- <<S_ImportDiveComputer,_Importer depuis un l'ordinateur de plongée_>> -
|
||
Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l'ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
- <<Unified_import,_Importer des fichiers de log_>> - Importer des
|
||
informations de plongées à partir d'un fichier d'un format compatible avec
|
||
_Subsurface_.
|
||
- <<S_Companion,_Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface_>> -
|
||
Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l'application mobile _Subsurface_
|
||
(téléphones et tablettes).
|
||
- <<S_ImportingDivelogsDe,_Importer depuis Divelogs.de_>> - Importer des
|
||
informations de plongées à partir de _www.Divelogs.de_.
|
||
|
||
=== Journal (log)
|
||
- <<S_EnterData,_Ajouter une plongée_>> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
|
||
plongée au panneau de la *liste des plongées*.
|
||
- _Edit dive_ - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from
|
||
a dive computer.
|
||
- <<S_DivePlanner,_Planifier une plongée_>> - Planifier des plongées.
|
||
- <<S_Replan,_Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur_>> - Modifier une
|
||
plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la *liste des plongées*.
|
||
- <<S_CopyComponents,_Copier les composants de la plongée_>> - Copier les
|
||
informations de plusieurs champs d'un journal de plongée vers le
|
||
presse-papier.
|
||
- _Coller les composants de la plongée_ - Colle, dans les plongées
|
||
sélectionnées dans la *liste des plongées*, les informations copiées au
|
||
préalable avec l'option _Copier les composants de la plongée_.
|
||
- <<S_Renumber,_Renuméroter_>> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
|
||
le panneau de la *liste des plongées*.
|
||
- <<S_Group,_Grouper automatiquement_>> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
|
||
*liste des plongées* dans des voyages de plongées.
|
||
- <<S_DeviceNames,_Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée_>> - Modifier
|
||
les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour coordonner vos journaux (logs).
|
||
- <<S_Filter,_Filtrer la liste des plongées_>> - Sélectionner seulement
|
||
certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
|
||
|
||
=== Vue
|
||
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Tout_>> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
|
||
_Subsurface_ simultanément.
|
||
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Liste des plongées_>> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
|
||
*liste des plongées*.
|
||
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Profil_>> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du *profil de la
|
||
plongée*.
|
||
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Info_>> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des *notes*.
|
||
- <<S_ViewPanels,_Globe_>> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la *carte
|
||
mondiale*.
|
||
- _Statistiques annuelles_ - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
|
||
plongées effectuées.
|
||
- _Prev DC_ - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was
|
||
logged from more than one. See the sections on
|
||
<<S_MultipleDiveComputers,using multiple dive computers for the same dive>>
|
||
and <<S_MergeDivePlan, Saving an uploaded dive with its dive plan>>.
|
||
- _Ordinateur suivant_ - Passer à l'ordinateur de plongée suivant.
|
||
- _Plein écran_ - Passer en mode plein écran.
|
||
|
||
=== Share on
|
||
- <<S_Facebook,_Facebook_>> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre
|
||
Facebook.
|
||
|
||
=== Aide
|
||
- _À propos de Subsurface_ - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
|
||
_Subsurface_ ainsi que les informations de licence.
|
||
- _Vérifier les mises à jour_ - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
|
||
Subsurface est disponible sur le https://subsurface-divelog.org/[site web de
|
||
_Subsurface_ ].
|
||
- <<S_UserSurvey,_Sondge utilisateur_>> - Aider à rendre _Subsurface_ encore
|
||
meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
|
||
sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
|
||
- _Manuel utilisateur_ - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
== ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d'exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
|
||
=== Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés
|
||
[icon="images/icons/drivers.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Le système d'exploitation de l'ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
|
||
communiquer avec l'ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
|
||
l'ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).
|
||
|
||
* Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
|
||
plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
|
||
l'utilisateur n'ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
|
||
protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
|
||
particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l'infra-rouge.
|
||
|
||
* Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
|
||
première fois que l'utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
|
||
port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
|
||
|
||
Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d'installer
|
||
manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n'importe
|
||
quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
|
||
le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
|
||
sous _Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip_ sur le
|
||
https://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101[dépôt
|
||
de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs].
|
||
|
||
[[S_HowFindDeviceName]]
|
||
=== Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture
|
||
[icon="images/icons/usb.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Lors de la connexion d'un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l'USB,
|
||
_Subsurface_ proposera généralement soit une liste déroulante avec le bon
|
||
nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
|
||
désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n'est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
|
||
où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques méthodes pour trouver le nom
|
||
de votre périphérique ;
|
||
|
||
.Sur Windows :
|
||
|
||
Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
|
||
tous les périphériques COM connectés.
|
||
|
||
.Sur MacOS :
|
||
|
||
La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
|
||
connectés.
|
||
|
||
.Sur Linux :
|
||
|
||
Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :
|
||
|
||
- Déconnecter le cable USB de l'ordinateur de plongée
|
||
- Ouvrir un terminal
|
||
- Taper la commande 'dmesg' et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
|
||
- Connecter le cable USB de l'ordinateur de plongée
|
||
- Taper la commande 'dmesg' et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
|
||
|
||
Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :
|
||
|
||
usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
|
||
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
|
||
USB Serial support registered for generic
|
||
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
|
||
usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
|
||
USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
|
||
ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
|
||
usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
|
||
usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
|
||
ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver
|
||
|
||
La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l'adaptateur FTDI USB est
|
||
détecté et connecté sur +ttyUSB3+. Cette information peut à présent être
|
||
utilisée pour les paramètres d'importation en tant que +/dev/ttyUSB3+ pour
|
||
que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.
|
||
|
||
S'assurer que l'utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
|
||
USB :
|
||
|
||
Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
|
||
que par des utilisateurs membres d'un groupe spécial qui peut être +dialout+
|
||
ou +uucp+. Cela peut être vérifié en listant les permissions associées au
|
||
périphérique, par exemple via +ls - l /dev/ttyUSB0+. Notez que le numéro
|
||
dans le nom de fichier dépend du nombre de périphériques USB que vous avez
|
||
branchés et peut être ajusté au besoin.Si vous n'êtes pas root, vous n'êtes
|
||
peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas utiliser le port
|
||
USB. Admettons que votre nom d'utilisateur soit 'johnB'.
|
||
|
||
En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
|
||
d'Ubuntu : +sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB+) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
|
||
+dialout+.
|
||
Tapez : +id johnB+ Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
|
||
vérifiez que
|
||
l'appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe +dialout+ devrait
|
||
être listé
|
||
parmi les différents IDs.
|
||
Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu'après une déconnexion
|
||
puis reconnexion sur l'ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
|
||
|
||
Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple +dev/ttyUSB3+) et avec un accès
|
||
en écriture au port USB, l'ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
|
||
vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName]]
|
||
=== Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices
|
||
[icon="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
|
||
Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
|
||
different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with
|
||
_Subsurface_. Follow these steps:
|
||
|
||
* *For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.*
|
||
|
||
For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer's user
|
||
guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select _Dive Log ->
|
||
Upload Log_ and wait for the _Wait PC_ message.
|
||
|
||
* *Jumeler l'ordinateur utilisant _Subsurface_ avec l'ordinateur de plongée.*
|
||
|
||
==== Sur Windows :
|
||
|
||
Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
|
||
choose _Control Panel -> Bluetooth Devices -> Add Wireless Device_. This
|
||
should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
|
||
Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
|
||
_Properties-> COM Ports_ to identify the port used for your dive
|
||
computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
|
||
instead of "Incoming".
|
||
|
||
For downloading to _Subsurface_, the _Subsurface_ drop-down list should
|
||
contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.
|
||
|
||
Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
|
||
using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.
|
||
|
||
==== Sur MacOS :
|
||
|
||
Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select _Set up Bluetooth
|
||
Device..._. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
|
||
devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
|
||
be needed once for initial setup.
|
||
|
||
Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the 'Device or
|
||
Mount Point' drop-down in the _Subsurface_ *Import* dialog.
|
||
|
||
==== Sur Linux
|
||
Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the _Subsurface_ computer. On most common
|
||
distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
|
||
straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right of
|
||
the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties with
|
||
some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try that
|
||
first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have
|
||
a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any others.
|
||
|
||
Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
|
||
device, such as the _Shearwater Petrel_, is not yet an automated process and
|
||
will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
|
||
process.
|
||
|
||
- Activez le contrôleur Bluetooth et jumelez votre ordinateur de plongée
|
||
- Establish an RFCOMM connection
|
||
- Download the dives with Subsurface
|
||
|
||
Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the _Shearwater Petrel_,
|
||
_Petrel 2_ and _Nerd_ cycle through the menu, select 'Dive Log', then
|
||
'Upload Log'. The display will read 'Initializing', then 'Wait PC 3:00' and
|
||
will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads 'Wait
|
||
CMD ...' and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from
|
||
Subsurface, the display reads 'Sending' then 'Sent Dive'.
|
||
|
||
To establish the connection, establish root access through +sudo+ or +su+.
|
||
The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
|
||
most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
|
||
is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
|
||
the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:
|
||
|
||
+sudo usermod -a -G dialout username+
|
||
|
||
Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.
|
||
|
||
===== Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer
|
||
|
||
Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
|
||
the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
|
||
computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
|
||
select 'Add new device'. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
|
||
password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
|
||
computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.
|
||
|
||
If the graphical method doesn't work, pair the device from the command
|
||
line. Open a terminal and use +hciconfig+ to check the Bluetooth controller
|
||
status.
|
||
|
||
$ hciconfig
|
||
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
|
||
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
|
||
*DOWN*
|
||
RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
|
||
TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0
|
||
|
||
This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
|
||
connected as hci0. Its status is 'DOWN', i.e. not powered. Additional
|
||
controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
|
||
plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
|
||
power on the controller and enable authentication:
|
||
|
||
sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
|
||
hciconfig
|
||
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
|
||
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
|
||
*UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
|
||
RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
|
||
TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0
|
||
|
||
Check that the status now includes '+UP+', '+RUNNING+' AND '+AUTH+'.
|
||
|
||
If there are multiple controllers running, it's easiest to turn off the
|
||
unused controller(s). For example, for +hci1+:
|
||
|
||
sudo hciconfig hci1 down
|
||
|
||
Next step is to 'trust' and 'pair' the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
|
||
5, such as Fedora 22, you can use a tool called +blutootctl+, which will
|
||
bring up its own command prompt.
|
||
|
||
bluetoothctl
|
||
[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
|
||
[bluetooth]# agent on
|
||
Agent registered
|
||
[bluetooth]# default-agent
|
||
Default agent request successful
|
||
[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
|
||
Discovery started
|
||
[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
|
||
[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
|
||
[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
|
||
Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
|
||
[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
|
||
Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
|
||
Pairing successful
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no
|
||
|
||
If asked for a password, enter 0000. It's ok if the last line says
|
||
'Connected: no'. The important part is the line above, +Pairing successful+.
|
||
|
||
If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
|
||
there is probably not a +bluetoothctl+, but a script called
|
||
+bluez-simple-agent+ or just +simple-agent+.
|
||
|
||
hcitool -i hci0 scanning
|
||
Scanning ...
|
||
00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
|
||
bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55
|
||
|
||
Once the dive computer is paired, set up the RFCOMM connection.
|
||
|
||
===== Establishing the RFCOMM connection
|
||
|
||
The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:
|
||
|
||
+sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]+
|
||
|
||
- +<controller>+ is the Bluetooth controller, +hci0+.
|
||
- +<dev>+ is the RFCOMM device file, +rfcomm0+
|
||
- +<bdaddr>+ is the dive computer's MAC address, +00:11:22:33:44:55+
|
||
- +[channel]+ is the dive computer's Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
|
||
|
||
If you omit it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
|
||
reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:
|
||
|
||
- _Shearwater Petrel 1_: channel 1
|
||
- _Shearwater Petrel 2_: channel 5
|
||
- _Shearwater Nerd_: channel 5
|
||
- _Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport_: channel 1
|
||
|
||
E.g. to connect a _Shearwater Petrel 2_, set the dive computer to upload
|
||
mode and enter:
|
||
|
||
sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
|
||
|
||
This gives the response:
|
||
|
||
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
|
||
Press CTRL-C for hangup
|
||
|
||
To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
|
||
computer to upload mode and enter:
|
||
|
||
sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
|
||
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
|
||
Press CTRL-C for hangup
|
||
|
||
If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
|
||
in the list above doesn't work, the command +sdptool records+ should help
|
||
determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a _Shearwater
|
||
Petrel 2_.
|
||
|
||
sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
|
||
Service Name: Serial Port
|
||
Service RecHandle: 0x10000
|
||
Service Class ID List:
|
||
"Serial Port" (0x1101)
|
||
Protocol Descriptor List:
|
||
"L2CAP" (0x0100)
|
||
"RFCOMM" (0x0003)
|
||
Channel: 5
|
||
|
||
For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
|
||
listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
|
||
forum or the developer mailing list _subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org_.
|
||
|
||
===== Download the dives with Subsurface
|
||
After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer's
|
||
upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
|
||
_Import->Import from dive computer_ and enter appropriate Vendor
|
||
(e.g. _Shearwater_), Dive Computer (_Petrel_), Device or Mount Point
|
||
(_/dev/rfcomm0_) and click _Download_.
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information]]
|
||
|
||
== APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportUemis]]
|
||
=== Importing from Uemis Zurich
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/iumis.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
_Subsurface_ downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
|
||
system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
|
||
equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
|
||
similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
|
||
that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
|
||
you don’t enter a device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA
|
||
file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this
|
||
is a drive letter ( often 'E:' or 'F:'), on a Mac this is
|
||
'/Volumes/UEMISSDA' and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
|
||
distribution. On Fedora it usually is
|
||
'/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA'. In all cases _Subsurface_ should
|
||
suggest the correct location in the drop down list.
|
||
|
||
After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
|
||
Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
|
||
(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a _Subsurface_ issue) is that you
|
||
cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
|
||
the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time you download
|
||
dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
|
||
or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If _Subsurface_
|
||
displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is
|
||
straightforward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
|
||
reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
|
||
download will continue where it stopped previously. You may have to do this
|
||
more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingGalileo]]
|
||
=== Importing from Uwatec Galileo
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/Galileo.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
|
||
the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
|
||
based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
|
||
manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
|
||
companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
|
||
the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
|
||
the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
|
||
*irda-tools* package from the
|
||
http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html[Linux IrDA Project]. After
|
||
the installation of the irda-tools, the *root user* can specify a device
|
||
name from the console as follows: +irattach irda0+
|
||
|
||
After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo dive
|
||
computer and download dive information.
|
||
|
||
Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
|
||
available from some Internet web sites e.g.
|
||
http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/[www.drivers-download.com].
|
||
Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
|
||
ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on the download page for the
|
||
ScubaPro SmartTrak software.
|
||
|
||
Pour les ordinateurs Apple Mac, la connexion IrDA via l'interface MCS7780
|
||
n'est plus disponible depuis OSX 10.6 ou supérieur.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingDR5]]
|
||
=== Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
|
||
file for every dive. Mark all the dives you'd like to import or open.
|
||
Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
|
||
so for _Subsurface_ it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
|
||
factors in the _Profile Settings_ in _Subsurface_ to generate a deco overlay
|
||
in the _Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel but please note that the deco
|
||
calculated by _Subsurface_ will most likely differ from the one displayed on
|
||
the DR5.
|
||
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingXDeep]]
|
||
=== Importing from xDEEP BLACK
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
|
||
option in BLACK's logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
|
||
available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
|
||
does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
|
||
_Subsurface_ it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
|
||
in the _Profile Settings_ in _Subsurface_ to generate a deco overlay in the
|
||
_Subsurface_ *Dive Profile* panel but please note that the deco calculated
|
||
by _Subsurface_ will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
|
||
BLACK.
|
||
|
||
|
||
=== Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/predator.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
|
||
section above, <<S_Bluetooth,_Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled
|
||
dive computer_>>.
|
||
|
||
[[S_PoseidonMkVI]]
|
||
=== Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/MkVI.jpeg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
|
||
communications adapter and the _Poseidon PC Configuration Software_,
|
||
obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
|
||
application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
|
||
logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilizes the
|
||
IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
|
||
in three files:
|
||
|
||
- Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
|
||
extension)
|
||
- Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
|
||
- Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
|
||
version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log
|
||
information.
|
||
|
||
|
||
=== Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/APDComputer.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
|
||
downloaded using a communications adapter and _AP Communicator_, obtained
|
||
when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the _AP Log
|
||
Viewer_, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
|
||
managed from within _Subsurface_ (together with dives using many other types
|
||
of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
|
||
_Subsurface_ as follows:
|
||
|
||
- Download the dive using _AP Communicator_.
|
||
- Open a dive within the _AP Log Viewer_.
|
||
- Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "_Data_".
|
||
- With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "_Copy to
|
||
Clipboard_".
|
||
- Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
|
||
- Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
|
||
file with a filename extension of _.apd_.
|
||
- Within _Subsurface_, select _Import -> Import log files_ to open the
|
||
xref:Unified_import[universal import dialogue].
|
||
- In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled
|
||
'Filter:'), select "APD log viewer".
|
||
On the list of file names select the _.apd_ file created. An import
|
||
dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the
|
||
_.apd_ file. If changes are required,
|
||
do this as for xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[CSV imports].
|
||
|
||
image::images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg["Figure: APD log viewer import", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
- The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD
|
||
dive computer for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is
|
||
DC1, _i.e._ the first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible
|
||
to sequentially import the data for both dive computers by first importing
|
||
CD1 and then DC2.(*Hint*: The logs for the two dive computers are viewed by
|
||
selecting _View -> Next DC_ from the Main Menu after the uploading has been
|
||
completed)
|
||
- Click the _Ok_ button at the bottom of the import panel.
|
||
|
||
The APD dive log will appear within _Subsurface_. The dive computer-
|
||
generated ceiling provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the
|
||
appropriate button on the left of the *Dive Profile*. Cylinder pressure data
|
||
are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the
|
||
_Equipment_ Tab.
|
||
|
||
== APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.
|
||
|
||
The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
|
||
performed using the dialogue found by selecting _Import_ from the Main Menu,
|
||
then clicking on _Import Log Files_. This is a single-step process, more
|
||
information about which can be found xref:Unified_import[here.] However, in
|
||
some cases, a two-step process may be required:
|
||
|
||
1. Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
|
||
_Subsurface_.
|
||
2. Import the accessible dive log data into _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
|
||
data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
|
||
Linux and/or Windows.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingDivesSuunto]]
|
||
=== Exporting from *Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)*
|
||
[icon="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
DiveManager is a Windows application for Suunto dive computers. Divemanager
|
||
3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent Suunto dive
|
||
computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The different
|
||
versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming
|
||
conventions to export dive log data.
|
||
|
||
*Divemanager 3 (DM3):*
|
||
|
||
1. Start 'Suunto Divemanager 3' and log in with the name containing the logs
|
||
2. Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
|
||
3. In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
|
||
appropriate dives.
|
||
4. Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
|
||
* To select certain dives: hold 'ctrl' and click the dive
|
||
* To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
|
||
last dive
|
||
5. With the dives marked, use the program menu _File -> Export_
|
||
6. The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
|
||
'Export Path'.
|
||
* Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
|
||
** A file-manager like window pops up
|
||
** Navigate to the directory for storing the
|
||
Divelog.SDE file
|
||
** Optionally change the name of the file for saving
|
||
** Click 'Save'
|
||
* Back in the Export pop-up, press the button 'Export'
|
||
7. The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
|
||
|
||
*Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):*
|
||
|
||
DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
|
||
divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
|
||
dives are stored. You can either look for the original database or make a
|
||
backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.
|
||
|
||
Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:
|
||
|
||
1. Start Suunto DM4/DM5
|
||
2. Select 'Help -> About'
|
||
3. Click 'Copy' after text 'Copy log folder path to clipboard'
|
||
4. Ouvrir l'explorateur Windows
|
||
5. Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
|
||
6. The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
|
||
|
||
Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:
|
||
|
||
1. Start Suunto DM4/DM5
|
||
2. Select 'File - Create backup'
|
||
3. From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we'll use
|
||
DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
|
||
4. Click 'Save'
|
||
5. The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
|
||
|
||
|
||
=== Exporting from Atomic Logbook
|
||
[[Atomic_Export]]
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Atomic Logbook is Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows downloading
|
||
of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. The divelog is
|
||
kept in a SQLite database at
|
||
C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
|
||
directly imported to Subsurface.
|
||
|
||
|
||
=== Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1
|
||
[[Mares_Export]]
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
|
||
Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a '.sdf' filename extension. The
|
||
database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular
|
||
computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy of
|
||
the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format
|
||
which can then be imported into _Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
1. Within Dive Organizer, select _Database -> Backup_ from the main menu and
|
||
back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
|
||
DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf.
|
||
2. Rename the file to DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
|
||
file _DiveOrganizer.sdf_.
|
||
3. Extract the _.sdf_ file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
|
||
4. The password for accessing the .zip file is _mares_.
|
||
|
||
[[S_ImportingDivingLog]]
|
||
=== Exporting from *DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0*
|
||
|
||
[icon="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg"]
|
||
[NOTE]
|
||
The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert
|
||
the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all
|
||
the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and information of
|
||
what units are used. With database import, all this information is included
|
||
and readily available.
|
||
|
||
To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:
|
||
|
||
1. In DivingLog open the 'File -> Export -> SQLite' menu
|
||
2. Select 'Settings' button
|
||
3. Set the 'RTF2Plaintext' to 'true'
|
||
4. Close the Settings dialog
|
||
5. Click 'Export' button and select the filename
|
||
|
||
Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
|
||
dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’s own format. Last step to
|
||
do is save the log file in Subsurface.
|
||
|
||
== ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV
|
||
[[S_Appendix_D]]
|
||
|
||
De nombreux plongeurs conservent un carnet de plongée sous forme de fichier
|
||
numérique, souvent un tableur avec différents champs et informations. Ces
|
||
données peuvent facilement être importées dans _Subsurface_ après que le
|
||
tableur a été converti en fichier CSV. Cette section explique la procedure
|
||
pour convertir un carnet de plongée enregistrée sous forme de tableur vers
|
||
un fichier CSV qui pourra ensuite être importé dans _Subsurface_. Créer un
|
||
fichier CSV est simple malgré que la procédure soit différente selon le
|
||
tableur utilisé.
|
||
|
||
Organiser les données de plongées dans le tableur pour que la première ligne
|
||
contienne le nom (ou le titre) de chaque colonne et que les informations de
|
||
chaque plongée soient contenues sur une seule ligne. _Subsurface_ supporte
|
||
de nombreux éléments (Dive #, Date, Time, Duration, Location, GPS,
|
||
Max. Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight et Tags). Organiser les
|
||
données de plongées selon quelques règles simples :
|
||
|
||
1. Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
|
||
2. Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
|
||
3. Système d'unité : un seul système d'unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
|
||
entre les unités impériales et métriques)
|
||
4. Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
|
||
virgules.
|
||
5. Position GPS : utilisez les degrés décimaux, par exemple : 30.22496
|
||
30.821798
|
||
|
||
=== _LibreOffice Calc_ et _OpenOffice Calc_
|
||
|
||
These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
|
||
source office suite applications. The user interaction with _LibreOffice_
|
||
and _OpenOffice_ is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
|
||
should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
|
||
of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
|
||
this:
|
||
|
||
image::images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg["FIGURE: Spreadsheet data", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click _File ->
|
||
Save As_. On the dialogue that comes up, select the _Text CSV (.csv)_ as the
|
||
file type and select the option _Edit filter settings_.
|
||
|
||
image::images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg["FIGURE: Save as options", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
After selecting _Save_, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose _Tab_
|
||
to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
|
||
then select _OK_.
|
||
|
||
image::images/LOffice_field_options.jpg["FIGURE: Field options", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import
|
||
the dive data as explained on the section xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importing
|
||
CSV dives].
|
||
|
||
=== Microsoft _Excel_
|
||
|
||
The field delimiter (called "_list separator_" in Microsoft manuals) is not
|
||
accessible from within _Excel_ and needs to be set through the _Microsoft
|
||
Control Panel_. After changing the separator character, all software on the
|
||
Windows machine uses the new character as a separator. You can change the
|
||
character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
|
||
outlined below.
|
||
|
||
- In Microsoft Windows, click the *Start* button, then select _Control Panel_
|
||
from the list on the right-hand side.
|
||
- Open the _Regional and Language Options_ dialog box.
|
||
- Do the following: ** In Windows 7, click the _Formats_ tab, and then click
|
||
_Customize this format_.
|
||
- Type a new separator in the _List separator_ box. To use a TAB-delimited
|
||
file, type the word TAB in the box.
|
||
- Click _OK_ twice.
|
||
|
||
Below is an image of the _Control Panel_:
|
||
|
||
image::images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg["FIGURE: Win List separator", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
To export the dive log in CSV format:
|
||
|
||
With the dive log opened in _Excel_, select the round Windows button at the
|
||
top left, then _Save As_.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg["FIGURE: Excel save as option", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Click on the left-hand part of the _Save as_ option, NOT on the arrow on the
|
||
right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
|
||
alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
|
||
marked _Save as Type:_, select _CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)_. Be sure the
|
||
appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg["FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
Select the _Save_ button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
|
||
that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
|
||
text editor, then import the dive data as explained on the section
|
||
xref:S_ImportingCSVDives[Importing CSV dives].
|
||
[[S_APPENDIX_E]]
|
||
== ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d'impression personnalisé
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs
|
||
to produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well
|
||
as a simple Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by
|
||
_Subsurface_.
|
||
|
||
Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image *B* below).
|
||
|
||
image::images/Print1_f22.jpg["FIGURE: Print dialogue", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
The buttons under the _Template_ dropdown box lets you _Edit_, _Delete_,
|
||
_Import_ and _Export_ templates (see image *A* above). New or modified
|
||
templates are stored as HTML files in the same directory as the dive log
|
||
being processed. In order to create or modify a template, select one of the
|
||
templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue (see image
|
||
*B* above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired
|
||
printout. Then select _Edit_.
|
||
|
||
The Edit Panel has three tabs:
|
||
|
||
image::images/Template1_f22.jpg["FIGURE: template edit dialogue", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
1) The _Style_ tab (image *A* above) controls the font, line spacing and color
|
||
template used for printing the dive log. The style attributes are
|
||
editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.
|
||
|
||
2) The _Colors_ tab (image *B* above) allows editing the colors used for
|
||
printing the dive log. The colors are highly customizable: the _Edit_
|
||
buttons in the _Colors_ tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different
|
||
components of the dive log printout.
|
||
|
||
3) The _Template_ tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a
|
||
template using HTML as well as a few Grantlee programming
|
||
primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in a highly simple but
|
||
efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and
|
||
saved. The saved template is stored in the same directory as the dive being
|
||
processed. By default, a _Custom_ template is a skeleton with no specific
|
||
print instructions. The information printed needs to be specified and
|
||
formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with: "<!--
|
||
Template must be filled -->". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions
|
||
allows unlimited freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it
|
||
should be rendered.
|
||
|
||
image::images/Template2_f22.jpg["FIGURE:Template tab", align="center"]
|
||
|
||
You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log
|
||
directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, Table) can be
|
||
modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the _Export_ button in
|
||
the print dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.
|
||
|
||
To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the
|
||
template will be correctly handled and rendered.
|
||
|
||
=== Main dive loop
|
||
_Subsurface_ exports a dive list called (*dives*) to the _Grantlee_ back
|
||
end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:
|
||
.template.html
|
||
....
|
||
{% for dive in dives %}
|
||
<h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
|
||
{% endfor %}
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
.output.html
|
||
....
|
||
<h1> 1 </h1>
|
||
<h1> 2 </h1>
|
||
<h1> 3 </h1>
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
Additional information about _Grantlee_ can be found
|
||
http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html[here]
|
||
|
||
=== Grantlee exported variables
|
||
Only a subset of the dive data is exported:
|
||
|====================
|
||
|*Name*|*Description*
|
||
|number| (*int*) dive number
|
||
|id| (*int*) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile
|
||
|date| (*string*) date of the dive
|
||
|time| (*string*) time of the dive
|
||
|location| (*string*) location of the dive
|
||
|duration| (*string*) duration of the dive
|
||
|depth| (*string*) depth of the dive
|
||
|divemaster| (*string*) divemaster for the dive
|
||
|buddy| (*string*) buddy for the dive
|
||
|airTemp| (*string*) air temperature of the dive
|
||
|waterTemp| (*string*) water temperature of the dive
|
||
|notes| (*string*) dive notes
|
||
|rating| (*int*) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5
|
||
|sac| (*string*) SAC value for the dive
|
||
|tags| (*string*) list of dive tags for the dive
|
||
|gas| (*string*) list of gases used in the dive
|
||
|suit| (*string*) the suit used for the dive
|
||
|cylinders| (*string*) complete information of all used cylinders
|
||
|cylinder0-7| (*string*) information about a specific cylinder
|
||
|weights| (*string*) complete information of all used weight systems
|
||
|weight0-5| (*string*) information about a specific weight system
|
||
|maxcns| (*string*) maxCNS value for the dive
|
||
|otu| (*string*) OTU value for the dive
|
||
|sumWeight| (*string*) the summed weight of all used weight systems
|
||
|startPressure| (*string*) the start pressure
|
||
|endPressure| (*string*) the end pressure
|
||
|firstGas| (*string*) first used gas
|
||
|=====================
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ also exports *template_options* data. This data must be used as
|
||
_CSS_ values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
|
||
is shown in the following table:
|
||
|====================
|
||
|*Name*|*Description*
|
||
|font| (*string*) font family
|
||
|borderwidth| (*int*) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px
|
||
|font_size| (*double*) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0
|
||
|line_spacing| (*double*) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0
|
||
|color1| (*string*) background color
|
||
|color2| (*string*) primary table cell color
|
||
|color3| (*string*) secondary table cell color
|
||
|color4| (*string*) primary text color
|
||
|color5| (*string*) secondary text color
|
||
|color6| (*string*) border colors
|
||
|=====================
|
||
|
||
.template.html
|
||
....
|
||
border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
.output.html
|
||
....
|
||
border-width: 3px;
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
Another variable that _Subsurface_ exports is *print_options*. This variable
|
||
contains a single member:
|
||
|=====================
|
||
|*Name*|*Description*
|
||
|grayscale | Use _CSS_ filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)
|
||
|=====================
|
||
|
||
|
||
.template.html
|
||
....
|
||
body {
|
||
{{ print_options.grayscale }};
|
||
}
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
.output.html
|
||
....
|
||
body {
|
||
-webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
|
||
}
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
=== Defined CSS selectors
|
||
As the dive profile is placed after rendering, _Subsurface_ uses special
|
||
_CSS_ selectors to search in the HTML output. The _CSS_ selectors in the
|
||
following table should be added.
|
||
|
||
|====================
|
||
|*Selector*|*Type*|*Description*
|
||
|dive_{{ dive.id }} | id | is used to fetch the relevant dive profile
|
||
|diveProfile | class | each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector
|
||
|dontbreak | class | prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used
|
||
in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)
|
||
|=====================
|
||
|
||
IMPORTANT: Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
|
||
data-numberofdives = 0).
|
||
|
||
=== Special attributes
|
||
|
||
There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives
|
||
in each page or make _Subsurface_ try to fit as many dives as possible into
|
||
one page (_flow_ rendering).
|
||
|
||
The *data-numberofdives* data attribute is added to the body tag to set the
|
||
rendering mode.
|
||
|
||
- render 6 dives per page:
|
||
|
||
....
|
||
<body data-numberofdives = 6>
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
- render as much dives as possible:
|
||
|
||
....
|
||
<body data-numberofdives = 0>
|
||
....
|
||
|
||
IMPORTANT: All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
|
||
page size.
|
||
|
||
== ANNEXE F: FAQs.
|
||
[[S_APPENDIX_F]]
|
||
=== Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC
|
||
[[SAC_CALCULATION]]
|
||
'Question': I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
|
||
with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what _Subsurface_
|
||
calculates. Is _Subsurface_ miscalculating?
|
||
|
||
'Answer': Not really. What happens is that _Subsurface_ actually calculates
|
||
gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
|
||
it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, gas
|
||
consumption and SAC should be: +consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
|
||
end pressure)+
|
||
|
||
and that's true for an ideal gas, and it's what you get taught in dive
|
||
theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn't actually exist, and real gases actually
|
||
don't compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
|
||
one atmosphere of pressure isn't actually one bar. So the *real*
|
||
calculation is:
|
||
|
||
+consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)+
|
||
|
||
where the amount of air is *not* just "tank size times pressure in bar".
|
||
It's a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
|
||
fairly small issue under 220 bar - you'll see more differences when you do
|
||
high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
|
||
majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
|
||
the compressibility, your gas use is:
|
||
|
||
+12.2*((220-100)/1.013)+
|
||
|
||
which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
|
||
calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
|
||
compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
|
||
eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
|
||
pressure.
|
||
|
||
So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
|
||
be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
|
||
mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
|
||
becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
|
||
contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
|
||
pretty much like an ideal gas.
|
||
|
||
=== Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer...
|
||
|
||
_Subsurface_ ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
|
||
divetime, SAC, etc). 'Question': Why do dive durations in my dive computer
|
||
differ from that given by _Subsurface_?
|
||
|
||
'Answer': For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
|
||
trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
|
||
your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
|
||
because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
|
||
it's 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It's
|
||
even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
|
||
dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
|
||
at the surface. And then you don't want that to count as some kind of long
|
||
dive”.
|
||
|
||
=== Some dive profiles are missing from the download
|
||
|
||
[[DC_HISTORY]]
|
||
'Question': I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones, even
|
||
though my dive computer's manual states that it records history of e.g. 999
|
||
dives? 'Answer': Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the
|
||
log. The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total
|
||
amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store the
|
||
dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The exact
|
||
amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on sample
|
||
interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the oldest dives
|
||
get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to download the last
|
||
13, 30 or 199 dives.
|
||
|
||
If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software before
|
||
they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can import
|
||
these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they cannot be
|
||
salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.
|